to_o anoint_v david_n and_o so_o he_o be_v a_o king_n of_o god_n own_o provide_v the_o king_n in_o who_o seed_n the_o kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v establish_v gen._n 49.10_o the_o sceptre_n shall_v not_o depart_v from_o judah_n nor_o a_o lawgiver_n from_o between_o his_o foot_n until_o shiloh_n come_v and_o who_o will_v in_o his_o government_n careful_o perform_v the_o will_n of_o god_n chap._n 13.14_o the_o lord_n have_v seek_v he_o a_o man_n after_o his_o own_o heart_n and_o indeed_o in_o all_o these_o thing_n david_n be_v a_o notable_a type_n of_o christ_n for_o first_o he_o be_v the_o son_n of_o david_n matth._n 1.1_o and_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n joh._n 1.49_o upon_o who_o the_o kingdom_n be_v settle_v for_o ever_o luke_n 1.33_o and_o he_o shall_v reign_v over_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n for_o ever_o and_o of_o his_o kingdom_n there_o shall_v be_v no_o end_n second_o he_o be_v give_v of_o god_n to_o be_v the_o king_n of_o his_o church_n that_o he_o may_v save_v they_o out_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o their_o enemy_n when_o no_o man_n desire_v it_o when_o we_o think_v not_o of_o any_o such_o mercy_n nor_o beg_v it_o of_o god_n he_o of_o his_o own_o free_a grace_n give_v we_o his_o son_n to_o be_v our_o king_n i_o have_v set_v my_o king_n upon_o my_o holy_a hill_n of_o zion_n say_v the_o lord_n psal_n 2.6_o thou_o have_v love_v righteousness_n and_o hate_a iniquity_n therefore_o god_n even_o thy_o god_n have_v anoint_v thou_o with_o the_o oil_n of_o gladness_n above_o thy_o fellow_n heb._n 1.9_o and_o three_o he_o do_v administer_v this_o kingdom_n according_a to_o god_n own_o heart_n psal_n 40_o 7_o 8._o then_o say_v i_o lo_o i_o come_v in_o the_o volume_n of_o the_o book_n it_o be_v write_v of_o i_o i_o delight_v to_o do_v thy_o will_n o_o my_o god_n yea_o thy_o law_n be_v within_o my_o heart_n which_o the_o apostle_n do_v plain_o apply_v to_o christ_n heb._n 10.6_o 7._o so_o that_o beside_o the_o reason_n former_o give_v why_o the_o lord_n appoint_v the_o king_n of_o israel_n to_o be_v anoint_v with_o oil_n chap._n 10.1_o this_o also_o may_v be_v add_v concern_v david_n and_o his_o posterity_n to_o wit_n that_o they_o be_v anoint_v to_o shadow_v forth_o that_o there_o be_v a_o messiah_n to_o come_v who_o god_n have_v anoint_v to_o be_v king_n over_o his_o church_n even_o the_o lord_n christ_n upon_o who_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n and_o the_o true_a oil_n of_o anoint_v be_v pour_v forth_o without_o measure_n whence_o it_o be_v that_o christ_n do_v apply_v to_o himself_o that_o pprophecy_n isa_n 61.1_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v upon_o i_o because_o he_o have_v anoint_v i_o to_o preach_v the_o gospel_n etc._n etc._n luke_n 14.18_o it_o be_v much_o argue_v among_o expositor_n whether_o david_n and_o so_o his_o posterity_n also_o if_o not_o all_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n too_o be_v not_o anoint_v with_o the_o holy_a oil_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n wherewith_o the_o priest_n be_v anoint_v and_o there_o be_v many_o who_o though_o they_o think_v it_o altogether_o improbable_a that_o the_o prophet_n will_v use_v the_o sacred_a oil_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n in_o anoint_v the_o idolatrous_a king_n of_o israel_n yet_o they_o hold_v that_o david_n and_o his_o successor_n be_v anoint_v with_o that_o oil_n first_o because_o it_o be_v say_v that_o david_n be_v anoint_v with_o holy_a oil_n psal_n 89.20_o i_o have_v find_v david_n my_o servant_n with_o my_o holy_a oil_n have_v i_o anoint_v he_o and_o second_o because_o it_o be_v express_o say_v of_o solomon_n 1._o king_n 1.39_o that_o zadok_n take_v a_o horn_n of_o oil_n out_o of_o the_o tabernacle_n and_o anoint_a solomon_n but_o now_o on_o the_o other_o side_n first_o because_o that_o law_n of_o the_o priest_n oil_n exod._n 30.32_o seem_v to_o imply_v that_o it_o be_v not_o to_o be_v use_v for_o any_o other_o but_o the_o priest_n only_o second_o because_o we_o find_v no_o command_n that_o this_o service_n shall_v be_v perform_v with_o that_o sacred_a oil_n and_o three_o because_o when_o david_n be_v anoint_v the_o second_o time_n by_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n 2._o sam._n 2.4_o the_o tabernacle_n be_v then_o at_o gibeon_n &_o that_o be_v under_o the_o power_n of_o ishbosheth_n the_o son_n of_o saul_n and_o so_o david_n can_v not_o then_o be_v anoint_v with_o that_o oil_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n therefore_o it_o be_v judge_v most_o probable_a by_o many_o other_o expositor_n that_o neither_o david_n nor_o solomon_n be_v anoint_v with_o that_o oil_n but_o say_v they_o because_o the_o office_n and_o employment_n of_o the_o supreme_a magistrate_n who_o sit_v in_o god_n seat_n and_o execute_v god_n judgement_n may_v be_v call_v holy_a as_o the_o seat_n of_o justice_n be_v call_v the_o holy_a place_n eccles_n 8.10_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v that_o david_n be_v anoint_v with_o holy_a oil_n and_o for_o that_o place_n 1._o king_n 1.39_o they_o answer_v that_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o this_o horn_n of_o oil_n wherewith_o samuel_n be_v now_o send_v to_o anoint_v david_n be_v afterward_o lay_v up_o in_o the_o tabernacle_n and_o so_o solomon_n be_v anoint_v therewith_o but_o however_o there_o be_v much_o oil_n in_o the_o tabernacle_n beside_o that_o which_o be_v make_v for_o the_o priest_n anoint_v which_o zadok_n may_v take_v thence_o for_o the_o anoint_v of_o solomon_n verse_n 2._o and_o samuel_n say_v how_o can_v i_o go_v if_o saul_n hear_v it_o he_o will_v kill_v i_o this_o question_n may_v well_o proceed_v both_o from_o a_o fearful_a apprehension_n of_o the_o danger_n of_o this_o act_n &_o a_o desire_n to_o be_v instruct_v how_o with_o least_o danger_n this_o business_n may_v be_v carry_v and_o the_o lord_n say_v take_v a_o heifer_n with_o thou_o and_o say_v i_o be_o come_v to_o sacrifice_v unto_o the_o lord_n thus_o the_o lord_n advise_v he_o to_o conceal_v the_o principal_a cause_n of_o his_o come_n and_o to_o allege_v only_o that_o business_n which_o he_o have_v to_o do_v there_o that_o may_v be_v safe_o make_v know_v which_o be_v not_o unlawful_a verse_n 3._o and_o call_v jesse_n to_o the_o sacrifice_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v invite_v he_o to_o the_o feast_n thou_o make_v with_o thy_o peace-offering_n verse_n 4._o and_o the_o elder_n of_o the_o town_n tremble_v at_o his_o come_n etc._n etc._n bethlehem_n be_v but_o a_o little_a obscure_a town_n micah_n 5.2_o and_o thou_o bethlehem-ephratah_a though_o thou_o be_v little_a among_o the_o thousand_o of_o judah_n etc._n etc._n either_o therefore_o because_o it_o be_v such_o news_n to_o see_v samuel_n there_o they_o fear_v he_o come_v as_o a_o prophet_n with_o some_o heavy_a message_n of_o god_n displeasure_n against_o they_o or_o else_o because_o he_o come_v so_o unexpected_o and_o withal_o so_o private_o and_o without_o attendance_n they_o fear_v he_o have_v flee_v from_o saul_n as_o have_v happy_o hear_v of_o that_o which_o have_v pass_v betwixt_o he_o and_o the_o king_n relate_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n and_o so_o be_v trouble_v for_o he_o and_o withal_o perhaps_o afraid_a lest_o saul_n shall_v be_v enrage_v against_o they_o for_o entertain_v he_o verse_n 5._o and_o he_o sanctify_a jesse_n and_o his_o son_n and_o call_v they_o to_o the_o sacrifice_n that_o be_v he_o appoint_v they_o to_o prepare_v and_o sanctify_v themselves_o both_o legal_o and_o spiritual_o that_o they_o may_v eat_v of_o the_o sacrifice_n see_v the_o note_n on_o josh_n 3.5_o verse_n 6._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o they_o be_v come_v that_o he_o look_v on_o eliab_n etc._n etc._n somewhat_o be_v here_o leave_v to_o be_v suppose_v as_o necessary_o follow_v upon_o that_o which_o be_v express_v to_o wit_n that_o samuel_n have_v acquaint_v jesse_n with_o the_o cause_n of_o his_o come_n and_o that_o hereupon_o jesse_n bring_v in_o his_o son_n one_o by_o one_o into_o some_o private_a place_n whither_o before_o they_o sit_v down_o to_o eat_v of_o the_o sacrifice_n they_o have_v retire_v themselves_o for_o that_o purpose_n that_o he_o may_v be_v anoint_v who_o god_n have_v choose_v and_o so_o when_o samuel_n behold_v eliab_n the_o first-born_a he_o say_v to_o himself_o sure_o this_o be_v the_o man_n the_o comeliness_n of_o his_o person_n make_v he_o think_v this_o be_v he_o who_o god_n have_v choose_v but_o herein_o he_o be_v lead_v by_o his_o own_o spirit_n as_o nathan_n in_o a_o like_a case_n be_v when_o he_o encourage_v david_n to_o build_v a_o temple_n 2._o sam._n 7.3_o and_o nathan_n say_v to_o the_o king_n go_v do_v all_o that_o be_v in_o thy_o heart_n for_o the_o lord_n be_v with_o thou_o and_o hereby_o it_o be_v the_o more_o manifest_a that_o it_o be_v not_o samuel_n but_o god_n that_o choose_v david_n to_o be_v king_n verse_n 7._o
needy_a and_o discontent_a people_n man_n that_o have_v exhaust_v their_o state_n and_o dare_v not_o before_o show_v their_o head_n the_o very_a scum_n and_o dregs_o of_o the_o people_n fit_a only_a to_o prey_v upon_o the_o estate_n of_o other_o and_o that_o david_n show_v now_o what_o love_n he_o bear_v to_o his_o country_n and_o what_o loyalty_n to_o his_o prince_n in_o give_v entertainment_n to_o such_o as_o these_o but_o so_o long_o as_o david_n cause_n be_v just_a and_o that_o he_o do_v not_o undertake_v to_o defend_v they_o in_o any_o evil_n nor_o make_v use_n of_o they_o to_o oppress_v other_o these_o reproach_n be_v unjust_o cast_v upon_o he_o yea_o in_o this_o as_o in_o other_o thing_n david_n be_v a_o notable_a type_n of_o christ_n for_o such_o as_o these_o that_o come_v into_o david_n be_v while_o christ_n live_v upon_o earth_n and_o still_o be_v usual_o the_o disciple_n of_o christ_n to_o wit_n first_o poor_a and_o despise_a man_n and_o woman_n whence_o be_v that_o of_o the_o pharisee_n joh._n 7.48_o have_v any_o of_o the_o ruler_n or_o of_o the_o pharisee_n believe_v on_o he_o you_o see_v your_o call_a brethren_n say_v the_o apostle_n 1._o cor._n 1.26_o how_o that_o not_o many_o wise_a man_n after_o the_o flesh_n not_o many_o mighty_a not_o many_o noble_a be_v call_v etc._n etc._n and_o chap._n 14.13_o we_o be_v make_v as_o the_o filth_n of_o the_o world_n and_o be_v the_o offscouring_a of_o all_o thing_n unto_o this_o day_n and_o second_o man_n and_o woman_n that_o lay_v under_o the_o burden_n of_o a_o grievous_a debt_n of_o sin_n for_o publican_n and_o harlot_n follow_v christ_n when_o the_o self-righteous_a pharisee_n and_o many_o of_o the_o civil_a sort_n of_o people_n be_v enemy_n to_o he_o matth._n 21.31_o 32._o and_o at_o this_o the_o world_n take_v great_a offence_n why_o eat_v your_o master_n with_o publican_n and_o sinner_n matth._n 9.11_o and_o again_o matth._n 11.19_o the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v eat_v and_o drink_v and_o they_o say_v behold_v a_o man_n gluttonous_a and_o a_o wine-bibber_n a_o friend_n of_o publican_n and_o sinner_n and_o hence_o be_v that_o too_o in_o the_o same_o chapter_n vers_fw-la 5.6_o the_o poor_a have_v the_o gospel_n preach_v to_o they_o and_o bless_a be_v he_o whosoever_o shall_v not_o be_v offend_v in_o i_o some_o be_v of_o opinion_n that_o it_o be_v when_o david_n be_v in_o this_o hold_n of_o adullam_n that_o those_o worthy_n come_v to_o he_o also_o that_o be_v speak_v of_o 1._o chron._n 12.16_o etc._n etc._n but_o of_o that_o see_v the_o note_n there_o verse_n 3._o and_o david_n go_v thence_o to_o mizpeh_n of_o moab_n and_o he_o say_v unto_o the_o king_n of_o moab_n etc._n etc._n because_o his_o parent_n by_o reason_n of_o age_n be_v not_o able_a well_o to_o endure_v the_o hardness_n of_o be_v with_o he_o in_o the_o cave_n therefore_o david_n go_v to_o mizpeh_n of_o moab_n to_o provide_v they_o a_o place_n there_o to_o stay_v a_o while_n in_o hope_v that_o the_o king_n of_o moab_n will_v favour_v he_o out_o of_o hatred_n to_o saul_n who_o have_v make_v war_n against_o moab_n 1._o sam._n 14.47_o let_v say_v he_o my_o father_n and_o my_o mother_n come_v forth_o that_o be_v out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n and_o be_v with_o you_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 4._o and_o they_o dwell_v with_o he_o all_o the_o while_n that_o david_n be_v in_o the_o hold_n that_o be_v in_o the_o cave_n of_o adullam_n most_o expositor_n indeed_o understand_v this_o of_o a_o hold_n in_o mizpeh_n of_o moab_n but_o first_o there_o be_v no_o such_o hold_v mention_v in_o the_o forego_n word_n and_o second_o have_v david_n be_v in_o mizpeh_n of_o moab_n why_o shall_v it_o be_v say_v he_o leave_v his_o father_n and_o mother_n with_o the_o king_n of_o that_o country_n verse_n 5._o and_o the_o prophet_n gad_n say_v unto_o david_n abide_v not_o in_o the_o hold_n depart_z and_o get_v thou_o into_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n the_o cave_n or_o hold_v of_o adullam_n be_v indeed_o in_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n but_o the_o lord_n appoint_v he_o not_o to_o hide_v himself_o any_o long_o there_o but_o to_o go_v forth_o abroad_o and_o to_o show_v himself_o open_o in_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n and_o that_o no_o doubt_n partly_o for_o the_o trial_n of_o his_o faith_n that_o it_o may_v be_v see_v that_o his_o confidence_n be_v in_o the_o lord_n protection_n and_o partly_o that_o he_o may_v by_o degree_n gain_v esteem_n and_o respect_n among_o the_o people_n verse_n 6._o now_o saul_n abide_v in_o gibeah_n under_o a_o tree_n in_o ramah_n etc._n etc._n this_o may_v be_v translate_v under_o a_o tree_n in_o a_o high_a place_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o margin_n of_o our_o bibles_n and_o then_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o word_n be_v clear_a to_o wit_n that_o saul_n be_v in_o some_o hill_n or_o high_a place_n in_o gibeah_n but_o according_a to_o that_o translation_n which_o be_v here_o in_o our_o bibles_n saul_n abode_n in_o gibeah_n under_o a_o tree_n in_o ramah_n it_o may_v be_v question_v how_o it_o can_v be_v say_v that_o he_o be_v in_o gibeah_n and_o in_o ramah_n too_o and_o no_o other_o answer_n can_v be_v give_v but_o that_o ramah_n or_o the_o land_n about_o it_o be_v in_o the_o territory_n of_o gibeah_n and_o so_o because_o he_o be_v under_o a_o tree_n in_o or_o near_o unto_o ramah_n it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o be_v in_o gibeah_n under_o a_o tree_n in_o ramah_n as_o for_o that_o clause_n which_o next_o follow_v have_v his_o spear_n in_o his_o hand_n this_o be_v add_v either_o first_o to_o imply_v how_o full_a of_o jealousy_n and_o fear_n saul_n be_v as_o one_o that_o have_v scarce_o any_o confidence_n in_o any_o that_o be_v about_o he_o he_o have_v still_o his_o javelin_n or_o his_o spear_n in_o his_o hand_n or_o second_o to_o intimate_v that_o he_o have_v muster_v his_o force_n and_o be_v ready_a to_o go_v forth_o in_o the_o pursuit_n of_o david_n or_o three_o because_o in_o those_o time_n king_n be_v wont_a to_o use_v spear_n in_o stead_n of_o sceptre_n as_o the_o ensign_n of_o their_o regal_a power_n which_o be_v indeed_o express_o affirm_v in_o many_o humane_a author_n verse_n 7._o hear_v now_o you_o benjamite_n will_v the_o son_n of_o jesse_n give_v every_o one_o of_o you_o field_n and_o vineyard_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n as_o i_o have_v do_v and_o be_o ready_a still_o to_o do_v and_o thus_o he_o put_v they_o in_o mind_n that_o david_n be_v not_o able_a to_o prefer_v they_o as_o he_o be_v nor_o yet_o likely_a to_o do_v it_o if_o he_o be_v able_a because_o david_n be_v not_o of_o their_o tribe_n as_o he_o be_v verse_n 8._o there_o be_v none_o that_o show_v i_o that_o my_o son_n have_v make_v a_o league_n with_o the_o son_n of_o jesse_n etc._n etc._n because_o david_n as_o he_o have_v hear_v be_v return_v into_o the_o land_n and_o jonathan_n since_o that_o displeasure_n take_v chap._n 20.24_o have_v perhaps_o forbear_v to_o come_v into_o his_o presence_n he_o suspect_v there_o be_v some_o conspiracy_n betwixt_o david_n and_o he_o as_o think_v that_o david_n dare_v not_o else_o have_v enter_v the_o land_n have_v no_o great_a a_o power_n than_o he_o have_v and_o condemn_v his_o follower_n for_o not_o reveal_v it_o to_o he_o intimate_v the_o more_o therewith_o to_o affect_v they_o what_o a_o odious_a thing_n it_o be_v that_o his_o own_o son_n and_o servant_n shall_v conspire_v against_o he_o verse_n 9_o then_o answer_v doeg_n the_o edomite_n which_o be_v set_v over_o the_o servant_n of_o saul_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v over_o his_o herdsman_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 21.7_o the_o bait_n of_o preferment_n which_o saul_n have_v cast_v forth_o in_o the_o forego_n verse_n this_o profane_a edomite_n quick_o snap_v at_o and_o thereupon_o accuse_v ahimelech_n to_o saul_n verse_n 10._o and_o he_o inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n for_o he_o and_o give_v he_o victual_n etc._n etc._n which_o ahimelech_n acknowledge_v vers_fw-la 15_o but_o while_o doeg_n tell_v saul_n this_o like_o a_o malicious_a wretch_n he_o speak_v not_o a_o word_n to_o he_o of_o david_n excuse_n wherewith_o ahimelech_n be_v deceive_v whence_o be_v those_o word_n of_o david_n psal_n 52.2_o 3._o thy_o tongue_n devise_v mischief_n like_o a_o sharp_a razor_n work_v deceitful_o thou_o love_v evil_o more_o than_o good_a and_o lie_v rather_o then_o to_o speak_v righteousness_n for_o that_o psalm_n be_v compose_v upon_o this_o occasion_n as_o be_v evident_a by_o the_o title_n a_o psalm_n of_o david_n when_o doeg_n the_o edomite_n come_v and_o tell_v saul_n and_o say_v unto_o he_o david_n be_v come_v to_o the_o house_n of_o ahimelech_n verse_n 12._o and_o saul_n say_v hear_v now_o thou_o son_n of_o ahitub_n so_o
they_o dare_v do_v no_o other_o for_o fear_v of_o abner_n you_o seek_v for_o david_n in_o time_n past_a to_o be_v king_n over_o you_o say_v abner_n to_o the_o israelite_n chap._n 3.17_o and_o only_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n do_v general_o at_o this_o time_n come_v into_o david_n therefore_o it_o be_v say_v that_o for_o the_o present_a he_o be_v only_o anoint_v king_n over_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n hitherto_o david_n have_v be_v extreme_o persecute_v by_o saul_n and_o have_v endure_v a_o great_a deal_n of_o trouble_n and_o sorrow_n but_o now_o at_o last_o god_n make_v good_a his_o word_n and_o settle_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n which_o he_o have_v promise_v he_o and_o herein_o be_v david_n a_o notable_a type_n of_o christ_n who_o through_o many_o suffering_n enter_v into_o glory_n he_o endure_v the_o cross_n despise_v the_o shame_n say_v the_o apostle_n heb._n 12.2_o and_o be_v set_v down_o at_o the_o right_a hand_n of_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n yea_o and_o the_o voluntary_a submission_n of_o these_o man_n to_o the_o government_n of_o david_n be_v a_o type_n of_o the_o voluntary_a submission_n of_o christ_n subject_n to_o his_o sceptre_n according_a to_o that_o prophetical_a expression_n psal_n 110.3_o thy_o people_n shall_v be_v willing_a in_o the_o day_n of_o thy_o power_n indeed_o this_o be_v the_o very_a reason_n why_o they_o anoint_a david_n now_o again_o at_o hebron_n whereas_o he_o have_v be_v before_o anoint_v by_o samuel_n namely_o that_o they_o may_v thereby_o testify_v their_o approbation_n of_o that_o which_o god_n have_v appoint_v and_o how_o free_o and_o cheerful_o they_o do_v all_o consent_n to_o accept_v of_o he_o as_o their_o king_n and_o sovereign_a and_o they_o tell_v david_n say_v that_o the_o man_n of_o jabesh-gilead_n be_v they_o that_o bury_v saul_n it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o david_n make_v enquiry_n after_o the_o body_n of_o saul_n and_o his_o son_n as_o intend_v to_o have_v they_o honourable_o bury_v and_o that_o hereupon_o he_o be_v tell_v what_o have_v be_v herein_o do_v by_o the_o man_n of_o jabesh-gilead_n verse_n 6._o and_o now_o the_o lord_n show_v kindness_n and_o truth_n unto_o you_o that_o be_v may_v the_o lord_n recompense_v the_o kindness_n which_o you_o have_v show_v to_o saul_n by_o be_v constant_o kind_a and_o gracious_a to_o you_o these_o two_o word_n kindness_n and_o truth_n be_v often_o join_v together_o in_o the_o scripture_n to_o signify_v a_o constant_a sure_a hearty_a kindness_n verse_n 7._o your_o master_n saul_n be_v dead_a and_o also_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n have_v anoint_v i_o king_n over_o they_o this_o clause_n be_v add_v to_o show_v the_o reason_n why_o he_o send_v this_o message_n to_o the_o man_n of_o jabesh-gilead_a to_o wit_n because_o he_o be_v now_o anoint_v king_n in_o saul_n room_n and_o he_o will_v not_o have_v they_o entertain_v any_o thought_n of_o jealousy_n that_o he_o will_v bear_v they_o any_o spleen_n for_o their_o kindness_n to_o saul_n but_o will_v rather_o study_v to_o requite_v they_o for_o it_o thus_o by_o kindness_n he_o seek_v to_o win_v the_o other_o tribe_n to_o submit_v to_o his_o government_n verse_n 8_o but_o abner_n the_o son_n of_o never_o captain_n of_o saul_n host_n take_v ishbosheth_n the_o son_n of_o saul_n and_o bring_v he_o over_o to_o mahanaim_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n that_o he_o may_v there_o anoint_v he_o king_n in_o the_o room_n of_o his_o father_n saul_n as_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n and_o he_o make_v he_o king_n over_o gilead_n and_o over_o the_o ashurite_n and_o over_o jezreel_n not_o that_o of_o judah_n josh_n 15.26_o but_o that_o of_o issachar_n josh_n 19.18_o and_o over_o ephraim_n and_o over_o benjamin_n and_o over_o all_o israel_n that_o be_v over_o all_o the_o other_o tribe_n of_o israel_n except_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n that_o have_v anoint_v david_n abner_n be_v saul_n cousin_n german_a for_o never_o the_o father_n of_o abner_n and_o kish_n the_o father_n of_o saul_n be_v brother_n and_o in_o saul_n time_n he_o be_v the_o lord_n general_n of_o all_o his_o force_n fear_v therefore_o that_o he_o shall_v be_v displace_v and_o disregard_v if_o david_n be_v king_n at_o least_o that_o he_o can_v not_o hope_v for_o the_o preferment_n and_o favour_n under_o david_n that_o he_o may_v expect_v under_o a_o king_n of_o his_o own_o kindred_n and_o family_n especial_o if_o he_o be_v the_o chief_a mean_n to_o make_v he_o king_n he_o resolve_v to_o continue_v the_o kingdom_n if_o he_o can_v in_o saul_n family_n and_o because_o mephibosheth_n jonathans_n son_n the_o heir_n apparent_a to_o saul_n be_v but_o five_o year_n old_a and_o now_o late_o lame_v in_o his_o foot_n chap._n 4.4_o therefore_o he_o rather_o think_v fit_a to_o proclaim_v ishbosheth_n king_n who_o be_v the_o only_a son_n of_o saul_n that_o be_v now_o leave_v except_o those_o that_o he_o have_v by_o his_o concubine_n and_o to_o that_o end_n he_o take_v he_o and_o carry_v to_o mahanaim_n which_o be_v a_o city_n in_o gilead_n beyond_o jordan_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o gad_n choose_v there_o at_o first_o to_o settle_v his_o new_a make_v king_n either_o because_o he_o have_v hear_v of_o the_o message_n which_o david_n have_v send_v to_o the_o man_n of_o jabesh-gilead_a and_o so_o desire_v to_o strengthen_v himself_o in_o those_o part_n lest_o they_o shall_v be_v win_v to_o fall_v off_o to_o david_n or_o else_o only_o because_o this_o be_v one_o of_o the_o remote_a part_n of_o the_o kingdom_n ishbosheth_n may_v be_v here_o safe_a from_o david_n party_n it_o be_v indeed_o evident_a that_o abner_n know_v well_o enough_o that_o david_n be_v anoint_v by_o samuel_n at_o god_n appointment_n to_o succeed_v saul_n in_o the_o throne_n for_o we_o see_v that_o afterward_o in_o his_o anger_n he_o can_v tell_v ishbosheth_n that_o he_o will_v translate_v the_o kingdom_n to_o david_n even_o as_o the_o lord_n have_v swear_v to_o he_o chap._n 3.9_o but_o what_o do_v ambitious_a athesticall_a man_n care_v for_o god_n command_n he_o consider_v at_o this_o time_n that_o ishbosheth_n be_v his_o near_a kinsman_n and_o that_o be_v but_o a_o weak_a feeble-spirited_n man_n he_o may_v use_v he_o as_o a_o scale_n and_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n rule_v all_o himself_o and_o therefore_o he_o make_v no_o bone_n in_o the_o pursuit_n of_o these_o his_o ambitious_a design_n to_o set_v up_o a_o king_n contrary_n to_o what_o he_o know_v god_n have_v appoint_v verse_n 10._o ishbosheth_n saul_n son_n be_v forty_o year_n old_a when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v over_o israel_n and_o reign_v two_o year_n some_o therefore_o conceive_v that_o ishbosheth_n take_v not_o the_o kingdom_n upon_o he_o till_o five_o year_n after_o his_o father_n decease_n but_o i_o shall_v rather_o think_v the_o meaning_n of_o this_o clause_n be_v not_o that_o ishbosheth_n reign_v but_o two_o year_n in_o all_o but_o that_o he_o have_v reign_v but_o two_o year_n when_o abner_n lead_v forth_o a_o army_n against_o david_n and_o be_v overcome_v by_o joab_n as_o be_v relate_v in_o the_o sequel_n of_o the_o chapter_n for_o have_v not_o ishbosheth_n reign_v long_o than_o two_o year_n why_o be_v it_o say_v chap._n 3._o vers_fw-la 1._o that_o there_o be_v long_a war_n between_o the_o house_n of_o saul_n and_o the_o house_n of_o david_n and_o why_o be_v it_o seven_o year_n and_o odd_a month_n ere_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o tribe_n accept_v of_o david_n for_o their_o king_n yet_o some_o expositor_n hold_v that_o it_o be_v above_o five_o year_n after_o the_o death_n of_o saul_n ere_o abner_n rise_v up_o against_o david_n and_o make_v ishbosheth_n king_n but_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n follow_v david_n to_o wit_n even_o after_o the_o other_o tribe_n have_v make_v ishbosheth_n king_n which_o be_v doubtless_o note_v to_o the_o praise_n of_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n they_o may_v well_o assure_v themselves_o that_o if_o they_o still_o stick_v to_o david_n it_o will_v make_v a_o dangerous_a rent_n in_o the_o kingdom_n and_o that_o will_v prove_v the_o occasion_n of_o a_o civil_a war_n wherein_o much_o blood_n be_v like_a to_o be_v shed_v and_o yet_o because_o it_o be_v of_o god_n appointment_n that_o david_n shall_v be_v king_n they_o be_v commend_v for_o this_o that_o they_o do_v still_o hold_v fast_o with_o david_n leave_v the_o event_n for_o other_o thing_n to_o god_n verse_n 12._o and_o abner_n the_o son_n of_o never_o and_o the_o servant_n of_o ishbosheth_n the_o son_n of_o saul_n go_v out_o from_o mahanaim_n to_o gibeon_n to_o wit_n to_o make_v war_n against_o david_n as_o be_v evident_a in_o the_o sequel_n of_o the_o story_n verse_n 14._o and_o abner_n say_v to_o joab_n let_v the_o young_a man_n now_o arise_v and_o play_v before_o we_o etc._n etc._n the_o meaning_n of_o this_o
or_o else_o to_o imply_v the_o same_o concern_v the_o rest_n before_o name_v and_o that_o he_o have_v these_o child_n in_o hebron_n by_o his_o wife_n beside_o those_o which_o he_o have_v by_o his_o concubine_n 1._o chron._n 3.9_o verse_n 7._o and_o ishbosheth_n say_v to_o abner_n wherefore_o have_v thou_o go_v in_o unto_o my_o father_n concubine_n it_o be_v not_o express_v that_o abner_n have_v lie_v with_o rispah_n his_o father_n concubine_n but_o only_o that_o ishbosheth_n charge_v he_o with_o it_o and_o therefore_o we_o can_v say_v whether_o it_o be_v so_o indeed_o or_o whether_o ishbosheth_n out_o of_o some_o groundless_a jealousy_n or_o false_a report_n do_v only_o suspect_v it_o be_v so_o but_o however_o most_o probable_a it_o be_v that_o ishbosheths_n discontent_n be_v not_o only_o because_o he_o take_v it_o to_o be_v a_o dishonour_n to_o his_o father_n that_o his_o servant_n shall_v lie_v with_o his_o concubine_n but_o also_o especial_o because_o he_o apprehend_v it_o be_v out_o of_o some_o close_a and_o secret_a affectation_n of_o the_o kingdom_n it_o seem_v that_o the_o take_n of_o the_o decease_a king_n wife_n or_o concubine_n be_v in_o these_o time_n esteem_v dangerous_a for_o the_o raise_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o those_o that_o do_v it_o to_o seek_v the_o crown_n and_o that_o therefore_o it_o be_v judge_v fit_a that_o the_o succeed_a king_n shall_v take_v all_o the_o wife_n and_o concubine_n of_o his_o predecessor_n the_o decease_a king_n into_o his_o power_n whence_o be_v that_o which_o the_o lord_n by_o the_o prophet_n nathan_n say_v to_o david_n chap._n 12.8_o i_o give_v thou_o thy_o master_n house_n and_o thy_o master_n wife_n into_o thy_o bosom_n etc._n etc._n and_o therefore_o as_o solomon_n conceive_v of_o adonijah_n desire_v abishag_fw-mi for_fw-mi his_o wife_n who_o be_v david_n concubine_n to_o wit_n that_o he_o do_v it_o out_o of_o a_o ambitious_a affectation_n of_o the_o kingdom_n 1._o king_n 2.22_o so_o do_v ishbosheth_n conceive_v of_o abner_n go_v in_o to_o rispah_n saul_n concubine_n namely_o that_o he_o have_v therein_o some_o plot_n by_o degree_n to_o thrust_v he_o out_o and_o to_o wind_n in_o himself_o to_o be_v king_n in_o his_o room_n and_o therefore_o charge_v he_o so_o sharp_o with_o it_o verse_n 8._o be_o i_o a_o dog_n head_n which_o against_o judah_n do_v show_v kindness_n this_o day_n unto_o the_o house_n of_o saul_n etc._n etc._n by_o this_o answer_n of_o abner_n to_o ishbosheth_n we_o can_v conclude_v neither_o whether_o he_o be_v guilty_a or_o no_o of_o that_o which_o ishbosheth_n have_v charge_v he_o with_o for_o the_o meaning_n of_o these_o word_n may_v be_v either_o that_o he_o think_v himself_o great_o wrong_v that_o ishbosheth_n shall_v suspect_v he_o for_o or_o accuse_v he_o of_o such_o a_o foul_a fact_n as_o this_o of_o commit_v whoredom_n with_o his_o father_n concubine_n or_o else_o that_o he_o take_v it_o in_o high_a disdain_n that_o ishbosheth_n shall_v esteem_v so_o mean_o and_o base_o of_o he_o as_o to_o make_v such_o a_o matter_n of_o it_o and_o to_o take_v it_o to_o be_v so_o great_a a_o disparagement_n and_o dishonour_n both_o to_o he_o and_o to_o his_o father_n that_o he_o shall_v go_v in_o to_o one_o of_o his_o father_n concubine_n but_o yet_o i_o conceive_v it_o more_o probable_a that_o the_o last_o of_o these_o be_v abner_n meaning_n first_o because_o that_o phrase_n be_o i_o a_o dog_n head_n do_v rather_o import_v the_o worthlesnesse_n of_o his_o person_n than_o his_o lustfulnesse_n in_o that_o fact_n he_o be_v charge_v with_o as_o some_o will_v have_v it_o for_o so_o we_o see_v the_o like_a phrase_n be_v use_v elsewhere_o as_o 1._o sam._n 24.14_o after_o who_o do_v thou_o pursue_v say_v david_n to_o saul_n after_o a_o dead_a dog_n after_o a_o flea_n etc._n etc._n 2._o sam._n 9.8_o what_o be_v thy_o servant_n that_o thou_o shall_v look_v upon_o such_o a_o dead_a dog_n as_o i_o be_o say_v mephibosheth_n to_o david_n and_o second_o because_o that_o which_o abner_n here_o allege_v concern_v his_o side_v with_o he_o against_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n must_v needs_o be_v allege_v to_o show_v how_o little_a cause_n he_o have_v so_o to_o vilify_v he_o by_o who_o mean_n he_o be_v make_v king_n and_o have_v be_v hitherto_o support_v in_o his_o kingdom_n and_o in_o who_o power_n it_o be_v if_o he_o please_v to_o deliver_v he_o up_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o david_n so_o that_o it_o seem_v by_o this_o answer_n of_o abner_n that_o he_o do_v purposely_o wave_v the_o make_v any_o reply_n to_o the_o fact_n he_o be_v charge_v with_o either_o by_o deny_v or_o justify_v of_o it_o and_o only_o quarrel_v that_o ishbosheth_n shall_v think_v so_o mean_o of_o he_o as_o to_o take_v it_o for_o such_o a_o disgrace_n to_o his_o family_n whether_o it_o be_v true_a or_o false_a that_o he_o shall_v lie_v with_o one_o of_o his_o father_n concubine_n be_o i_o say_v he_o a_o dog_n head_n that_o thou_o charge_v i_o to_o day_n with_o a_o fault_n concern_v this_o woman_n verse_n 11._o and_o he_o can_v not_o answer_v abner_n a_o word_n again_o because_o he_o fear_v he_o from_o this_o which_o be_v here_o say_v of_o ishbosheth_n some_o expositor_n conclude_v that_o he_o be_v a_o poor_a and_o low-spirited_a man_n and_o the_o rather_o because_o they_o observe_v too_o that_o he_o alone_o of_o all_o the_o son_n of_o saul_n go_v not_o forth_o to_o war_n against_o the_o philistine_n when_o saul_n and_o his_o son_n be_v slay_v but_o indeed_o consider_v what_o exceed_a power_n these_o man_n have_v among_o the_o people_n that_o command_v in_o chief_a over_o the_o militia_n it_o be_v no_o wonder_n that_o he_o shall_v be_v so_o daunt_v when_o abner_n in_o a_o rage_n answer_v he_o so_o insolent_o and_o threaten_v he_o open_o with_o revolt_a to_o david_n nor_o can_v it_o be_v conclude_v from_o hence_o alone_o that_o he_o be_v a_o man_n of_o no_o great_a metal_n and_o courage_n for_o even_o david_n himself_o upon_o the_o same_o ground_n be_v overmuch_o awe_v with_o joabs_n power_n and_o dare_v not_o do_v to_o he_o what_o otherwise_o he_o will_v have_v do_v vers_fw-la 39_o i_o be_o this_o day_n weak_a though_o anoint_a king_n and_o these_o man_n the_o son_n of_o zeruiah_n be_v too_o hard_a for_o i_o verse_n 12._o and_o abner_n send_v messenger_n to_o david_n on_o his_o behalf_n say_n who_o be_v the_o land_n etc._n etc._n this_o clause_n in_o abners_n message_n to_o david_n who_o be_v the_o land_n may_v be_v mean_v two_o several_a way_n to_o wit_n either_o to_o intimate_v that_o he_o have_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n in_o his_o power_n and_o can_v as_o he_o please_v either_o settle_v it_o upon_o the_o house_n of_o saul_n or_o remove_v it_o to_o david_n or_o else_o to_o imply_v that_o he_o do_v now_o acknowledge_v that_o the_o land_n do_v indeed_o belong_v to_o david_n who_o god_n by_o samuel_n have_v anoint_v to_o be_v king_n over_o israel_n and_o that_o therefore_o he_o be_v now_o willing_a to_o transfer_v the_o kingdom_n to_o he_o only_o he_o desire_v that_o he_o will_v first_o assure_v he_o that_o he_o will_v pardon_v all_o that_o be_v past_a and_o upon_o good_a condition_n make_v a_o league_n with_o he_o and_o thus_o he_o pretend_v to_o come_v in_o to_o david_n mere_o because_o the_o land_n be_v he_o and_o the_o kingdom_n his_o by_o god_n appointment_n when_o indeed_o he_o do_v it_o mere_o to_o be_v revenge_v on_o ishbosheth_n and_o to_o procure_v peace_n and_o perhaps_o advancement_n too_o for_o himself_o even_o as_o many_o man_n in_o these_o day_n of_o the_o gospel_n come_v unto_o christ_n pretend_v they_o do_v it_o for_o the_o truth_n sake_n when_o indeed_o they_o seek_v themselves_o only_o in_o some_o carnal_a respect_n as_o abner_n do_v verse_n 13._o thou_o shall_v not_o see_v my_o face_n except_o thou_o bring_v michal_n saul_n daughter_n when_o thou_o come_v to_o see_v my_o face_n though_o she_o have_v live_v many_o year_n with_o another_o husband_n yet_o david_n earnestness_n to_o have_v she_o restore_v to_o he_o and_o that_o with_o a_o purpose_n to_o have_v she_o live_v with_o he_o again_o as_o his_o wife_n as_o she_o do_v need_v not_o seem_v strange_a to_o we_o if_o we_o consider_v first_o that_o she_o be_v his_o first_o wife_n and_o have_v be_v faithful_a to_o he_o in_o preserve_v his_o life_n 1._o sam._n 19.11_o 12._o and_o have_v be_v force_v by_o her_o father_n to_o marry_v this_o man_n when_o david_n be_v flee_v 1._o sam._n 25.44_o second_o that_o david_n can_v no_o way_n better_o show_v his_o love_n to_o she_o then_o by_o rescue_v she_o from_o the_o sin_n and_o infamy_n of_o live_v in_o adultery_n with_o another_o man_n three_o that_o it_o may_v be_v in_o policy_n a_o matter_n
verse_n 1._o and_o the_o lord_n send_v nathan_n unto_o david_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v now_o about_o three_o quarter_n of_o a_o year_n since_o david_n commit_v that_o foul_a sin_n with_o the_o wife_n of_o uriah_n for_o the_o child_n she_o then_o conceive_v be_v now_o bear_v vers_fw-la 14._o in_o all_o which_o time_n though_o doubtless_o his_o conscience_n do_v often_o gall_v he_o yet_o he_o strive_v to_o harden_v himself_o against_o such_o fear_n and_o only_o take_v care_n to_o conceal_v his_o sin_n that_o it_o may_v not_o be_v know_v which_o yet_o he_o can_v not_o do_v for_o however_o he_o do_v it_o secret_o and_o have_v do_v what_o he_o can_v to_o keep_v it_o close_o yet_o by_o reason_n of_o his_o marriage_n with_o the_o wife_n of_o uriah_n etc._n etc._n it_o begin_v now_o to_o be_v by_o some_o suspect_v and_o blazon_v abroad_o and_o therefore_o nathan_n tell_v he_o vers_n 14._o that_o by_o this_o deed_n he_o have_v give_v great_a occasion_n to_o the_o enemy_n of_o god_n to_o blaspheme_v now_o therefore_o the_o lord_n in_o mercy_n send_v nathan_n to_o he_o that_o he_o may_v be_v bring_v to_o confess_v his_o sin_n and_o unfeigned_o to_o rise_v out_o of_o this_o sad_a condition_n there_o be_v two_o man_n in_o one_o city_n the_o one_o rich_a and_o the_o other_o poor_a etc._n etc._n as_o a_o chirurgeon_n will_v hide_v his_o instrument_n wherewith_o he_o intend_v to_o launch_v a_o sore_n under_o a_o handkerchief_n or_o some_o such_o thing_n so_o do_v nathan_n at_o first_o hide_v his_o reproof_n under_o the_o vail_n of_o a_o parable_n that_o david_n may_v the_o better_o be_v bring_v to_o pass_v sentence_n against_o himself_o in_o a_o three_o person_n for_o the_o intention_n and_o application_n of_o the_o parable_n it_o be_v this_o by_o the_o rich_a man_n that_o have_v exceed_v many_o flock_n and_o herd_n he_o mean_v david_n who_o have_v very_o many_o wife_n and_o concubine_n by_o the_o poor_a man_n that_o have_v nothing_o save_o one_o little_a ewe-lambe_n be_v mean_v uriah_n who_o have_v it_o seem_v but_o one_o wife_n to_o wit_n bathsheba_n and_o she_o be_v not_o only_o compare_v to_o a_o ewe-lambe_n but_o also_o to_o such_o a_o lamb_n as_o we_o use_v to_o call_v cade-lambe_n or_o cosset-lambe_n which_o without_o a_o damn_n be_v bring_v up_o by_o hand_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v it_o be_v a_o lamb_n which_o he_o have_v buy_v for_o husband_n in_o those_o time_n use_v to_o give_v dowry_n for_o their_o wife_n and_o nourish_v up_o and_o it_o grow_v up_o together_o with_o he_o and_o with_o his_o child_n it_o do_v eat_v of_o his_o own_o meat_n or_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o original_n of_o his_o own_o morsel_n imply_v that_o though_o the_o poor_a man_n have_v but_o a_o little_a yet_o he_o give_v his_o darling_n lamb_n part_n of_o it_o and_o drink_v of_o his_o own_o cup_n and_o lay_v in_o his_o bosom_n which_o do_v sweet_o express_v the_o condition_n of_o a_o wife_n who_o the_o husband_n ought_v to_o esteem_v his_o only_a darling_n and_o delight_n and_o make_v she_o a_o sharer_n of_o all_o that_o he_o have_v as_o indeed_o man_n be_v the_o like_a to_o do_v when_o they_o have_v but_o one_o wife_n again_o whereas_o it_o be_v say_v vers_fw-la 4._o that_o there_o come_v a_o traveler_n into_o the_o rich_a man_n and_o he_o spare_v to_o take_v of_o his_o own_o flock_n and_o of_o his_o own_o herd_n for_o the_o wayfaring_a man_n that_o be_v come_v unto_o he_o but_o take_v the_o poor_a man_n lamb_n and_o dress_v it_o for_o the_o man_n that_o be_v come_v to_o he_o by_o this_o traveller_n or_o wayfaring_a man_n for_o who_o entertainment_n the_o rich_a man_n take_v away_o the_o poor_a man_n ewe-lambe_n be_v mean_v the_o devil_n by_o mean_n of_o who_o indeed_o it_o be_v that_o david_n encroach_v upon_o the_o bed_n of_o uriah_n and_o lay_v with_o his_o wife_n though_o he_o have_v so_o many_o wife_n and_o concubine_n of_o his_o own_o and_o the_o allusion_n be_v very_o fit_a first_o because_o the_o devil_n may_v well_o be_v compare_v to_o a_o traveller_n in_o regard_n of_o his_o continual_a traverse_v the_o earth_n from_o one_o place_n to_o another_o that_o he_o may_v tempt_v and_o seduce_v man_n to_o sin_n when_o the_o lord_n ask_v satan_n whence_o he_o come_v job_n 1.7_o he_o answer_v from_o go_v to_o and_o fro_o in_o the_o earth_n and_o from_o walk_v up_o and_o down_o in_o it_o and_o s._n peter_n say_v 1._o pet._n 5.8_o that_o as_o a_o roar_a lion_n he_o walk_v about_o seek_v who_o he_o may_v devour_v second_o because_o hereby_o be_v sweet_o employ_v a_o notable_a difference_n betwixt_o the_o temptation_n of_o the_o regenerate_a such_o as_o david_n be_v and_o the_o sin_n of_o wicked_a man_n to_o the_o one_o the_o devil_n come_v now_o and_o then_o as_o a_o traveller_n and_o wayfaring_a man_n and_o find_v for_o the_o time_n too_o good_a entertainment_n but_o in_o the_o other_o he_o dwell_v as_o a_o lord_n and_o master_n rule_v and_o reign_v in_o they_o at_o all_o time_n and_o three_o because_o when_o man_n especial_o such_o good_a man_n as_o david_n be_v do_v give_v any_o entertainment_n to_o the_o devil_n temptation_n for_o the_o commit_n of_o any_o sin_n they_o feast_v the_o devil_n herewith_o it_o be_v meat_n and_o drink_n to_o he_o to_o win_v such_o man_n to_o sin_n against_o god_n verse_n 5._o and_o he_o say_v to_o nathan_n as_o the_o lord_n live_v the_o man_n that_o have_v do_v this_o thing_n shall_v sure_o die_v that_o be_v he_o shall_v not_o only_o restore_v the_o lamb_n fourfold_a according_a to_o the_o law_n exod._n 22.1_o if_o a_o man_n shall_v steal_v a_o ox_n or_o a_o sheep_n and_o kill_v it_o or_o sell_v it_o he_o shall_v restore_v five_o ox_n for_o a_o ox_n and_o four_o sheep_n for_o a_o sheep_n but_o beside_o he_o shall_v be_v put_v to_o death_n thus_o david_n in_o his_o wrath_n threaten_v a_o heavy_a punishment_n than_o god_n in_o his_o law_n have_v appoint_v as_o account_v it_o such_o a_o merciless_a act_n and_o so_o such_o a_o singular_a wickedness_n that_o fourfold_a restitution_n be_v not_o punishment_n enough_o for_o so_o much_o he_o express_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n vers_fw-la 6._o and_o he_o shall_v restore_v the_o lamb_n fourfold_a because_o he_o do_v this_o thing_n and_o because_o he_o have_v no_o pity_n and_o so_o unwitting_o pass_v a_o most_o heavy_a sentence_n against_o himself_o verse_n 8._o and_o i_o give_v thou_o thy_o master_n house_n and_o thy_o master_n wife_n into_o thy_o bosom_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v i_o advance_v thou_o to_o such_o a_o estate_n that_o all_o that_o be_v thy_o master_n be_v in_o thy_o power_n even_o his_o wife_n and_o concubine_n be_v at_o thy_o dispose_n and_o indeed_o it_o seem_v king_n have_v in_o those_o time_n many_o which_o they_o take_v for_o wife_n and_o concubine_n who_o they_o never_o carnal_o know_v and_o of_o such_o this_o may_v be_v mean_v doubtless_o it_o be_v unlawful_a for_o david_n to_o marry_v any_o of_o saul_n his_o father-in-law_n wife_n to_o wit_n such_o as_o he_o have_v carnal_o know_v for_o she_o that_o be_v saul_n wife_n be_v david_n mother-in-law_n and_o such_o he_o may_v not_o marry_v levit._fw-la 18.8_o the_o nakedness_n of_o thy_o father_n wife_n thou_o shall_v not_o uncover_v it_o be_v thy_o father_n nakedness_n either_o therefore_o the_o meaning_n of_o these_o word_n if_o mean_v of_o such_o must_v be_v only_o this_o that_o saul_n wife_n and_o concubine_n be_v in_o david_n power_n that_o he_o may_v have_v take_v they_o though_o he_o do_v it_o not_o or_o if_o it_o be_v conceive_v that_o david_n do_v indeed_o take_v to_o he_o any_o of_o saul_n wife_n or_o concubine_n we_o must_v understand_v these_o word_n i_o give_v only_o of_o god_n bring_v they_o into_o his_o power_n though_o he_o make_v use_v of_o his_o power_n unlawful_o not_o of_o god_n approve_v of_o this_o fact_n of_o he_o against_o the_o law_n as_o in_o the_o like_a sense_n this_o word_n be_v use_v again_o vers_fw-la 11._o i_o will_v take_v thy_o wife_n before_o thy_o eye_n and_o give_v they_o unto_o thy_o neighbour_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 9_o wherefore_o have_v thou_o despise_v the_o commandment_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o do_v evil_a in_o his_o sight_n because_o when_o man_n embolden_v themselves_o to_o do_v that_o which_o they_o know_v be_v contrary_a to_o god_n commandment_n only_o because_o they_o can_v do_v it_o secret_o and_o no_o body_n shall_v come_v to_o know_v of_o it_o and_o yet_o they_o can_v be_v ignorant_a that_o god_n be_v privy_a to_o all_o they_o do_v this_o be_v a_o evident_a argument_n that_o in_o effect_n they_o make_v light_n of_o transgress_v god_n law_n and_o care_v not_o much_o for_o displease_v god_n so_o no_o other_o
that_o they_o pour_v forth_o whole_a stream_n of_o tear_n before_o the_o lord_n draw_v from_o the_o inward_a fountain_n of_o a_o break_a heart_n and_o so_o parallel_v it_o with_o those_o expression_n of_o jeremy_n jer._n 9.1_o oh_o that_o my_o head_n be_v water_n and_o my_o eye_n a_o fountain_n of_o tear_n that_o i_o may_v weep_v day_n and_o night_n etc._n etc._n of_o job_n job_n 16.20_o my_o eye_n pour_v out_o tear_n unto_o god_n and_o so_o also_o of_o david_n psal_n 6.6_o all_o the_o night_n make_v i_o my_o bed_n swim_v i_o water_v my_o couch_n with_o tear_n and_o psal_n 42.3_o my_o tear_n have_v be_v my_o meat_n day_n and_o night_n and_o again_o other_o conceive_v that_o it_o be_v mean_v of_o their_o draw_v and_o pour_v forth_o water_n for_o the_o use_n of_o their_o legal_a purify_n which_o be_v frequent_o use_v in_o those_o time_n as_o a_o sign_n that_o they_o acknowledge_v their_o own_o filthiness_n and_o expect_v to_o be_v cleanse_v by_o the_o blood_n and_o spirit_n of_o christ_n and_o indeed_o this_o last_o best_a agree_v with_o the_o letter_n of_o the_o text._n verse_n 9_o and_o samuel_n take_v a_o suck_a lamb_n and_o offer_v it_o for_o a_o burnt-offering_a etc._n etc._n if_o samuel_n offer_v this_o himself_n and_o not_o by_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o priest_n it_o be_v by_o extraordinary_a dispensation_n in_o regard_n he_o be_v a_o prophet_n for_o so_o we_o see_v also_o elijah_n do_v 1._o king_n 18.31_o etc._n etc._n the_o like_a we_o must_v judge_v also_o concern_v the_o place_n wherein_o this_o sacrifice_n be_v offer_v at_o least_o if_o the_o ark_n be_v not_o at_o present_a in_o mizpeh_n verse_n 10._o but_o the_o lord_n thunder_v with_o a_o great_a thunder_n on_o that_o day_n upon_o the_o philistine_n this_o be_v according_a to_o hannah_n prophecy_n chap._n 2.10_o but_o yet_o the_o israelite_n be_v fight_v not_o idle_o look_v on_o when_o the_o lord_n thunder_v upon_o they_o as_o be_v evident_a in_o the_o next_o clause_n and_o they_o be_v smite_v before_o israel_n no_o doubt_n in_o the_o best_a manner_n they_o be_v able_a they_o set_v themselves_o in_o battle_n array_n against_o the_o philistine_n yea_o and_o when_o the_o philistine_n be_v discomfit_v it_o seem_v the_o rest_n that_o stay_v in_o mizpeh_n come_v out_o too_o as_o seem_v to_o be_v express_v in_o the_o follow_a verse_n verse_n 12._o then_o samuel_n take_v a_o stone_n and_o set_v it_o between_o mizpeh_n and_o shen_n and_o call_v the_o name_n of_o it_o eben-eze_a etc._n etc._n this_o show_v that_o this_o glorious_a victory_n be_v get_v in_o the_o very_a same_o place_n where_o before_o the_o ark_n be_v take_v and_o the_o israelite_n vanquish_v chap._n 4._o verse_n 1._o now_o israel_n go_v out_o against_o the_o philistine_n to_o battle_n and_o pitch_v beside_o eben-eze_a verse_n 13._o so_o the_o philistine_n be_v subdue_v and_o they_o come_v no_o more_o into_o the_o coast_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n it_o may_v be_v question_v how_o these_o word_n must_v be_v understand_v that_o the_o philistine_n come_v no_o more_o into_o the_o coast_n of_o israel_n and_o that_o first_o because_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o philistine_n do_v often_o after_o this_o invade_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n as_o be_v clear_a chap._n 17.1_o and_o 31.1_o &_o many_o other_o place_n yea_o and_o second_o it_o be_v not_o long_o after_o this_o ere_o they_o do_v enter_v the_o land_n and_o that_o with_o a_o mighty_a army_n for_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o saul_n reign_n chap._n 13.1_o 5._o which_o be_v not_o long_o after_o this_o the_o philistine_n gather_v themselves_o together_o to_o fight_v with_o israel_n thirty_o thousand_o charet_n and_o six_o thousand_o horseman_n and_o people_n as_o the_o sand_n which_o be_v on_o the_o seashore_n in_o multitude_n and_o they_o come_v and_o pitch_v in_o michmash_n etc._n etc._n and_o three_o the_o very_a follow_a word_n here_o and_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v against_o the_o philistine_n all_v the_o day_n of_o samuel_n seem_v clear_o to_o imply_v that_o after_o this_o even_a in_o samuel_n day_n there_o be_v many_o conflict_n between_o the_o philistine_n and_o the_o israelite_n wherein_o the_o israelite_n still_o prevail_v against_o they_o but_o for_o the_o resolve_v of_o this_o doubt_n we_o must_v know_v that_o the_o meaning_n of_o these_o word_n and_o they_o come_v no_o more_o into_o the_o coast_n of_o israel_n be_v that_o they_o do_v no_o more_o at_o that_o time_n rally_v their_o scatter_a troop_n together_o and_o come_v back_o again_o into_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n to_o revenge_v their_o former_a defeat_n or_o else_o that_o they_o come_v no_o more_o into_o the_o land_n whilst_o samuel_n govern_v israel_n alone_o and_o indeed_o this_o be_v the_o utmost_a extent_n that_o can_v be_v give_v to_o these_o word_n for_o after_o saul_n be_v choose_v to_o be_v their_o king_n it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o philistine_n do_v often_o with_o their_o army_n enter_v the_o land_n verse_n 14._o and_o the_o city_n which_o the_o philistine_n have_v take_v from_o israel_n be_v restore_v to_o israel_n from_o ekron_n even_o unto_o gath_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v plain_a by_o many_o place_n that_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o saul_n reign_n the_o philistine_n have_v garrison_n in_o several_a place_n of_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n for_o so_o we_o read_v chap._n 10.5_o thou_o shall_v come_v to_o the_o hill_n of_o god_n say_v samuel_n to_o saul_n when_o he_o have_v new_o anoint_v he_o king_n where_o be_v the_o garrison_n of_o the_o philistine_n and_o again_o chap._n 13.3_o jonathan_n smite_v the_o garrison_n of_o the_o philistine_n that_o be_v in_o geba_n and_o the_o like_a in_o other_o place_n either_o therefore_o the_o philistine_n do_v again_o after_o this_o surprise_n some_o strong_a fort_n which_o they_o have_v now_o deliver_v up_o and_o do_v again_o place_n garrison_n there_o or_o else_o though_o they_o now_o restore_v to_o israel_n the_o city_n they_o have_v former_o take_v from_o they_o yet_o they_o still_o reserve_v some_o place_n of_o strength_n wherein_o they_o keep_v garrison_n for_o the_o better_a aw_v of_o the_o israelite_n that_o they_o may_v not_o break_v out_o against_o the_o philistine_n and_o there_o be_v peace_n between_o israel_n and_o the_o amorites_n that_o be_v there_o be_v no_o war_n between_o they_o by_o the_o amorites_n here_o some_o conceive_v the_o philistine_n be_v mean_v but_o it_o may_v also_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o remainder_n of_o the_o canaanite_n who_o be_v terrify_v with_o this_o victory_n which_o the_o israelite_n have_v get_v over_o the_o philistine_n do_v hereupon_o also_o desist_v from_o trouble_v the_o israelite_n for_o this_o be_v here_o set_v down_o as_o a_o effect_n of_o that_o victory_n verse_n 15._o and_o samuel_n judge_v israel_n all_o the_o day_n of_o his_o life_n for_o though_o saul_n be_v anoint_v king_n in_o samuel_n time_n and_o have_v the_o supreme_a power_n in_o his_o hand_n yet_o samuel_n give_v not_o over_o the_o government_n altogether_o but_o exercise_v the_o jurisdiction_n of_o a_o judge_n or_o a_o kind_n of_o extraordinary_a power_n derive_v unto_o he_o from_o god_n as_o appear_v by_o many_o thing_n he_o do_v after_o saul_n be_v king_n as_o his_o kill_n of_o agag_n chap._n 15.32_o 33._o then_o say_v samuel_n bring_v you_o hither_o to_o i_o agag_n the_o king_n of_o the_o amalekite_n and_o agag_n come_v unto_o he_o delicate_o and_o agag_n say_v sure_o the_o bitterness_n of_o death_n be_v past_a and_o samuel_n say_v as_o thy_o sword_n have_v make_v woman_n childless_a so_o shall_v thy_o mother_n be_v childless_a among_o woman_n and_o samuel_n hew_v agag_n in_o piece_n before_o the_o lord_n in_o gilgal_n and_o his_o anoint_v of_o david_n chap._n 16.13_o then_o samuel_n take_v the_o horn_n of_o oil_n &_o anoint_v he_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o his_o brethren_n and_o therefore_o be_v saul_n &_o samuel_n join_v together_o chap._n 11.7_o and_o he_o take_v a_o yoke_n of_o ox_n &_o hew_v they_o in_o piece_n and_o send_v throughout_o all_o the_o coast_n of_o israel_n by_o the_o hand_n of_o messenger_n say_v whosoever_o come_v not_o forth_o after_o saul_n and_o after_o samuel_n so_o shall_v it_o be_v do_v unto_o his_o ox_n and_o the_o year_n of_o both_o their_o government_n be_v join_v together_o act._n 13.20_o 21._o and_o after_o that_o he_o give_v unto_o they_o judge_n about_o the_o space_n of_o four_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o year_n until_o samuel_n the_o prophet_n and_o afterward_o they_o desire_v a_o king_n and_o god_n give_v unto_o they_o saul_n the_o son_n of_o cis_n a_o man_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o benjamin_n by_o the_o space_n of_o forty_o year_n verse_n 17._o and_o there_o he_o build_v a_o altar_n unto_o the_o lord_n this_o he_o may_v do_v by_o a_o extraordinary_a prophetical_a
but_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o samuel_n look_v not_o on_o his_o countenance_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n by_o a_o secret_a voice_n of_o his_o spirit_n within_o he_o verse_n 8._o then_o jesse_n call_v abinadab_n to_o wit_n after_o samuel_n have_v tell_v he_o that_o eliab_n be_v not_o he_o who_o god_n have_v choose_v verse_n 9_o then_o jesse_n make_v shammah_n to_o pass_v by_o call_v also_o shumma_n 1._o chron._n 2.13_o verse_n 10._o again_o jesse_n make_v seven_o of_o his_o son_n to_o pass_v before_o samuel_n hereby_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o jesse_n have_v eight_o son_n as_o it_o be_v also_o express_v chap._n 17.12_o now_o david_n be_v the_o son_n of_o that_o ephrathite_n of_o bethlehem-judah_n who_o name_n be_v jesse_n and_o he_o have_v eight_o son_n etc._n etc._n though_o there_o be_v but_o seven_o mention_v 1._o chron._n 2.13_o 14_o 15._o because_o happy_o one_o of_o these_o die_v immediate_o after_o this_o and_o only_o those_o be_v mention_v there_o that_o be_v man_n of_o fame_n in_o aftertime_n for_o it_o have_v no_o probability_n in_o it_o which_o some_o say_v that_o he_o have_v among_o these_o bring_v one_o of_o his_o grandchild_n to_o samuel_n since_o we_o see_v that_o as_o yet_o he_o have_v not_o bring_v david_n his_o young_a son_n verse_n 11._o and_o samuel_n say_v unto_o jesse_n be_v here_o all_o thy_o child_n jesse_n have_v omit_v to_o bring_v his_o young_a son_n as_o conclude_v that_o it_o can_v not_o be_v he_o of_o all_o the_o rest_n who_o god_n have_v choose_v which_o be_v doubtless_o so_o order_v by_o the_o special_a providence_n of_o god_n that_o samuel_n be_v bring_v to_o this_o demur_n it_o may_v be_v the_o more_o evident_a that_o david_n be_v true_o choose_v of_o god_n verse_n 13._o then_o samuel_n take_v the_o horn_n of_o oil_n and_o anoint_v he_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o his_o brethren_n that_o be_v among_o all_o the_o son_n of_o jesse_n samuel_n by_o god_n appointment_n anoint_v david_n from_o among_o the_o rest_n of_o his_o brethren_n he_o be_v take_v and_o anoint_v to_o succeed_v saul_n in_o the_o kingdom_n the_o phrase_n be_v not_o unlike_o that_o deut._n 18.15_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n will_v raise_v up_o unto_o thou_o a_o prophet_n from_o the_o midst_n of_o thou_o of_o thy_o brethren_n etc._n etc._n the_o meaning_n be_v not_o therefore_o that_o his_o brethren_n stand_v about_o he_o when_o he_o be_v anoint_v for_o though_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o samuel_n acquaint_v jesse_n with_o that_o which_o god_n have_v command_v he_o to_o do_v and_o that_o he_o be_v a_o eyewitness_n of_o david_n anoint_v yet_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a that_o his_o brethren_n stand_v by_o and_o look_v on_o when_o this_o be_v do_v and_o hear_v what_o samuel_n say_v unto_o he_o who_o no_o doubt_v make_v it_o know_v to_o david_n why_o he_o anoint_v he_o as_o may_v seem_v to_o be_v employ_v in_o that_o place_n 2._o sam_n 5.2_o and_o the_o lord_n say_v to_o thou_o thou_o shall_v feed_v my_o people_n israel_n and_o shall_v be_v a_o captain_n over_o israel_n for_o first_o though_o jesse_n may_v be_v enjoin_v secrecy_n yet_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a that_o his_o envious_a brethren_n see_v he_o anoint_v by_o samuel_n that_o famous_a prophet_n shall_v either_o not_o suspect_v any_o thing_n thereby_o or_o not_o blazon_v it_o abroad_o and_o to_o what_o end_n be_v samuel_n send_v so_o secret_o under_o the_o colour_n of_o a_o solemn_a sacrifice_n if_o david_n be_v to_o be_v anoint_v so_o open_o among_o so_o many_o witness_n that_o may_v publish_v it_o wherever_o they_o come_v &_o second_o how_o can_v we_o think_v that_o david_n brethren_n have_v they_o know_v of_o samuel_n anoint_v he_o will_v have_v use_v he_o so_o scornful_o as_o after_o this_o they_o do_v chap._n 17.28_o and_o eliab_n his_o elder_a brother_n hear_v when_o he_o speak_v unto_o the_o man_n and_o eliab_v anger_n be_v kindle_v against_o david_n and_o he_o say_v why_o come_v thou_o down_o hither_o and_o with_o who_o have_v thou_o leave_v those_o few_o sheep_n in_o the_o wilderness_n i_o know_v thy_o pride_n and_o the_o naughtiness_n of_o thy_o heart_n etc._n etc._n sure_o they_o will_v never_o have_v use_v he_o with_o such_o scorn_n have_v they_o know_v he_o be_v anoint_v by_o samuel_n yea_o though_o we_o shall_v suppose_v what_o some_o affirm_v that_o they_o imagine_v that_o he_o be_v anoint_v to_o be_v a_o prophet_n not_o a_o king_n many_o expositor_n indeed_o answer_v that_o either_o they_o understand_v not_o or_o believe_v not_o god_n purpose_n in_o the_o anoint_v of_o david_n but_o samuel_n be_v a_o prophet_n of_o such_o fame_n in_o those_o day_n that_o i_o think_v such_o a_o solemn_a action_n of_o he_o shall_v not_o so_o be_v slight_v and_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v upon_o david_n from_o that_o day_n forward_o that_o be_v the_o lord_n give_v he_o a_o extraordinary_a measure_n of_o the_o gift_n and_o grace_n of_o his_o holy_a spirit_n whereof_o his_o anoint_v be_v a_o outward_a sign_n and_o so_o he_o be_v move_v and_o lead_v on_o by_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n to_o undertake_v great_a and_o noble_a enterprise_n such_o as_o be_v that_o of_o his_o kill_v the_o lion_n and_o the_o bear_v mention_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n vers_fw-la 34_o 35_o 36._o whence_o it_o be_v that_o he_o become_v so_o famous_a that_o saul_n courtier_n can_v say_v of_o he_o vers_n 18._o that_o he_o be_v a_o mighty_a valiant_a man_n and_o a_o man_n of_o war_n and_o prudent_a in_o matter_n yea_o and_o beside_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o from_o that_o time_n forward_o he_o have_v also_o a_o spirit_n of_o prophecy_n and_o the_o gift_n of_o poetry_n and_o music_n confer_v upon_o he_o wherein_o he_o become_v afterward_o exceed_o eminent_a verse_n 14._o but_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lord_n depart_v from_o saul_n and_o a_o evil_a spirit_n from_o the_o lord_n trouble_v he_o that_o be_v the_o lord_n bereave_v he_o of_o those_o gift_n he_o have_v former_o bestow_v upon_o he_o and_o then_o by_o degree_n he_o begin_v to_o be_v trouble_v with_o melancholy_a and_o frantic_a fit_n as_o be_v evident_a chap._n 28.10.11_o and_o that_o by_o mean_n of_o a_o evil_a spirit_n send_v from_o god_n for_o even_o the_o devil_n stir_v not_o without_o god_n allowance_n doubtless_o he_o be_v torment_v with_o the_o terror_n of_o a_o evil_a and_o guilty_a conscience_n &_o oppress_v with_o grief_n and_o sadness_n of_o heart_n for_o the_o loss_n of_o his_o kingdom_n and_o than_o satan_n make_v use_n of_o this_o distemper_n both_o of_o body_n and_o mind_n drive_v he_o into_o fit_n of_o frenzy_n and_o rage_n that_o he_o be_v for_o the_o time_n as_o one_o possess_v with_o a_o devil_n he_o have_v prefer_v his_o own_o reason_n before_o god_n direction_n in_o the_o business_n of_o the_o amalekite_n and_o so_o make_v a_o idol_n of_o his_o own_o wisdom_n and_o reason_n and_o now_o god_n deprive_v he_o of_o the_o use_n of_o his_o reason_n and_o break_v as_o it_o be_v this_o his_o idol_n in_o piece_n verse_n 15._o and_o saul_n servant_n say_v unto_o he_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v his_o physician_n who_o be_v call_v to_o advise_v about_o this_o distemper_n of_o saul_n verse_n 16._o and_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v when_o the_o evil_a spirit_n from_o god_n be_v upon_o thou_o that_o he_o shall_v play_v with_o his_o hand_n and_o thou_o shall_v be_v well_o not_o that_o musical_a sound_n have_v any_o force_n to_o drive_v away_o devil_n but_o because_o they_o conceive_v that_o his_o sad_a heart_n his_o dead_a and_o pensive_a spirit_n which_o be_v the_o instrument_n of_o satan_n work_n may_v be_v cheer_v and_o revive_v hereby_o and_o his_o melancholy_a passion_n much_o allay_v and_o so_o be_v the_o less_o subject_a to_o the_o devil_n operation_n and_o indeed_o so_o as_o they_o say_v it_o fall_v out_o vers_n 23._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o the_o evil_a spirit_n from_o god_n be_v upon_o saul_n that_o david_n take_v a_o harp_n and_o play_v with_o his_o hand_n so_o saul_n be_v refresh_v and_o be_v well_o and_o the_o evil_a spirit_n depart_v from_o he_o yet_o not_o so_o much_o i_o conceive_v through_o the_o virtue_n or_o natural_a power_n of_o music_n as_o by_o the_o special_a hand_n of_o god_n who_o be_v please_v extraordinary_o to_o cause_v it_o thus_o to_o work_v upon_o saul_n however_o herein_o we_o may_v well_o look_v upon_o david_n as_o a_o type_n of_o christ_n who_o cast_v out_o many_o devil_n out_o of_o man_n possess_v and_o now_o by_o the_o glad_a tiding_n of_o the_o gospel_n do_v daily_o cast_v they_o out_o of_o the_o heart_n of_o natural_a man_n and_o quiet_v those_o soul_n that_o be_v distemper_v with_o grief_n or_o fear_n work_v peace_n unspeakable_a in_o those_o that_o lie_v
under_o the_o great_a terror_n of_o conscience_n by_o reason_n of_o sin_n verse_n 18._o behold_v i_o have_v see_v a_o son_n of_o jesse_n the_o bethlehemite_n that_o be_v cunning_a in_o play_v and_o a_o mighty_a valiant_a man_n which_o he_o have_v approve_v in_o kill_v the_o lion_n and_o the_o bear_n chap._n 17.34_o and_o perhaps_o by_o some_o other_o such_o exploit_n perform_v by_o he_o since_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n come_v upon_o he_o vers_n 13._o verse_n 19_o send_v i_o david_n thy_o son_n which_o be_v with_o the_o sheep_n this_o last_o clause_n which_o be_v with_o the_o sheep_n be_v add_v to_o imply_v what_o a_o advancement_n it_o will_v be_v to_o he_o to_o be_v take_v from_o keep_v sheep_n to_o attend_v upon_o saul_n at_o the_o court_n with_o such_o contempt_n can_v saul_n speak_v now_o of_o keep_v sheep_n that_o have_v himself_o be_v former_o in_o as_o mean_v a_o condition_n verse_n 20._o and_o jesse_n take_v a_o ass_n lade_v with_o bread_n and_o a_o bottle_n of_o wine_n and_o a_o kid_n and_o send_v they_o by_o david_n jesse_n know_v god_n have_v anoint_v he_o to_o succeed_v saul_n in_o the_o kingdom_n may_v well_o fear_v to_o put_v he_o into_o saul_n hand_n but_o his_o faith_n overcome_v his_o fear_n herein_o verse_n 21._o and_o he_o become_v his_o armour-bearer_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o chap._n 17.55_o verse_n 23._o so_o saul_n be_v refresh_v and_o be_v well_o and_o the_o evil_a spirit_n depart_v from_o he_o that_o be_v for_o a_o time_n his_o fit_n leave_v he_o see_v the_o former_a note_n vers_n 16._o chap._n xvii_o verse_n 1._o now_o the_o philistine_n gather_v together_o their_o army_n to_o battle_n and_o be_v gather_v together_o at_o shochoh_o etc._n etc._n shochoh_o be_v a_o city_n of_o judah_n as_o we_o see_v josh_n 15.35_o where_o also_o as_o here_o azekah_n be_v mention_v as_o a_o town_n not_o far_o from_o shochoh_o it_o be_v not_o express_v what_o move_v the_o philistine_n again_o to_o invade_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n but_o by_o other_o passage_n of_o the_o story_n of_o these_o time_n we_o may_v probable_o conceive_v that_o it_o be_v first_o a_o desire_n to_o revenge_v their_o former_a shameful_a loss_n when_o jonathan_n and_o his_o armour-bearer_n put_v their_o whole_a army_n to_o flight_n chap_n 14._o second_o a_o jealousy_n of_o their_o increase_a power_n through_o many_o victory_n by_o saul_n obtain_v against_o his_o other_o neighbour_n chap._n 14.47_o so_o saul_n take_v the_o kingdom_n over_o israel_n and_o fight_v against_o all_o his_o enemy_n on_o every_o side_n against_o moab_n and_o against_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n and_o against_o edom_n and_o against_o the_o king_n of_o zobah_n and_o against_o the_o philistine_n and_o whither_o soever_o he_o turn_v himself_o he_o vex_v they_o and_o three_o some_o intelligence_n that_o may_v be_v give_v they_o of_o saul_n distemper_n and_o frantic_a fit_n which_o they_o hope_v will_v be_v no_o little_a advantage_n to_o they_o but_o indeed_o the_o chief_a reason_n be_v because_o that_o god_n stir_v they_o up_o to_o accomplish_v that_o which_o he_o have_v intend_v verse_n 3._o and_o the_o philistine_n stand_v on_o a_o mountain_n on_o the_o one_o side_n and_o israel_n on_o a_o mountain_n on_o the_o other_o side_n thus_o each_o part_n keep_v their_o ground_n of_o advantage_n for_o a_o time_n not_o join_v in_o gross_a but_o maintain_v some_o skirmish_n only_o as_o appear_v vers_n 20._o verse_n 4._o and_o there_o go_v out_o a_o champion_n out_o of_o the_o camp_n of_o the_o philistine_n name_v goliath_n of_o gath._n see_v josh_n 11.22_o we_o read_v also_o of_o a_o brother_n of_o his_o that_o be_v likewise_o a_o mighty_a giant_n 1._o chron._n 20_o 5._o and_o elhanan_n the_o son_n of_o jair_n slay_v lahmi_n the_o brother_n of_o goliath_n the_o hittite_n who_o spear-staffe_n be_v like_o a_o weaver_n beam_n verse_n 5._o and_o the_o weight_n of_o the_o coat_n be_v five_o thousand_o shekel_n of_o brass_n to_o wit_v a_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o pound_n four_o ounce_n or_o thereabouts_o verse_n 7._o and_o one_o bear_v a_o shield_n go_v before_o he_o this_o shield_n goliath_n be_v to_o use_v when_o he_o come_v to_o fight_v but_o in_o the_o mean_a season_n for_o the_o great_a state_n he_o have_v his_o armour-bearer_n to_o carry_v it_o before_o he_o verse_n 8._o why_o be_v you_o come_v out_o to_o set_v your_o battle_n in_o array_n that_o be_v what_o need_v we_o bring_v a_o whole_a army_n on_o each_o side_n to_o fight_v it_o out_o let_v we_o cast_v all_o upon_o a_o single_a combat_n it_o be_v like_o enough_o the_o remembrance_n of_o their_o former_a loss_n chap._n 14._o make_v they_o somewhat_o backward_o to_o put_v it_o to_o a_o battle_n and_o their_o confidence_n in_o this_o goliath_n make_v they_o willing_a to_o decide_v all_o by_o a_o single_a fight_n i_o say_v he_o be_o a_o philistine_n and_o you_o servant_n to_o saul_n the_o expression_n be_v observable_a not_o israelites_n but_o servant_n to_o saul_n by_o way_n of_o contempt_n and_o therefore_o do_v you_o choose_v out_o a_o man_n from_o among_o you_o and_o let_v we_o two_o decide_v the_o controversy_n verse_n 11._o when_o saul_n and_o all_o israel_n hear_v thâ—se_a word_n of_o the_o philistine_n they_o be_v dismay_v and_o great_o afraid_a they_o can_v not_o but_o know_v that_o god_n be_v able_a to_o lay_v the_o huge_a bulk_n of_o this_o giant_n under_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o mean_a of_o they_o and_o beside_o as_o they_o have_v a_o promise_n from_o god_n that_o one_o of_o they_o shall_v chase_v a_o thousand_o of_o their_o enemy_n so_o likewise_o god_n have_v late_o make_v good_a his_o promise_n in_o the_o late_o rout_v of_o the_o whole_a army_n of_o the_o philistine_n by_o jonathan_n and_o his_o armour-bearer_n chap._n 14._o and_o therefore_o it_o may_v seem_v strange_a that_o all_o their_o heart_n shall_v tremble_v thus_o and_o be_v so_o outbraved_n by_o this_o infidel_n monster_n especial_o if_o we_o consider_v that_o jonathan_n be_v among_o they_o as_o it_o be_v evident_a he_o be_v because_o after_o that_o david_n have_v slay_v goliath_n it_o be_v say_v that_o jonathan_n stand_v by_o and_o hear_v his_o father_n talk_v with_o he_o chap._n 18.1_o for_o that_o he_o also_o shall_v be_v afraid_a to_o enter_v the_o list_n with_o goliath_n who_o have_v so_o often_o fight_v the_o lord_n battle_n with_o great_a courage_n and_o have_v of_o late_a so_o miraculous_o put_v the_o whole_a army_n of_o the_o philistine_n to_o flight_n be_v indeed_o a_o matter_n of_o much_o wonder_n but_o for_o this_o we_o must_v consider_v that_o both_o faith_n and_o courage_n be_v the_o gift_n of_o god_n which_o when_o he_o withholdeth_a the_o best_a even_o those_o that_o be_v at_o other_o time_n as_o bold_a as_o a_o lion_n may_v shrink_v for_o fear_n god_n mean_v now_o to_o magnify_v david_n and_o therefore_o he_o leave_v even_o jonathan_n himself_o to_o the_o feebleness_n of_o his_o own_o spirit_n that_o david_n may_v undertake_v what_o none_o dare_v venture_v upon_o and_o so_o may_v become_v famous_a among_o the_o israel_n of_o god_n not_o a_o man_n be_v find_v that_o dare_v accept_v of_o goliath_n challenge_v which_o he_o propound_v twice_o a_o day_n morning_n and_o evening_n vers_fw-la 16._o for_o forty_o day_n together_o no_o not_o after_o saul_n have_v proclaim_v in_o the_o camp_n great_a reward_n yea_o even_o his_o own_o daughter_n in_o marriage_n to_o he_o that_o will_v undertake_v it_o all_o which_o render_v david_n courage_n and_o victory_n the_o more_o glorious_a verse_n 12._o now_o david_n be_v the_o son_n of_o that_o ephrathite_n of_o bethlehem_n judah_n who_o name_n be_v jesse_n and_o he_o have_v eight_o son_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o chap._n 16.10_o and_o the_o man_n go_v among_o man_n for_o a_o old_a man_n in_o the_o day_n of_o saul_n and_o therefore_o though_o his_o son_n follow_v saul_n to_o the_o war_n yet_o he_o stay_v at_o home_n verse_n 15._o but_o david_n go_v and_o return_v from_o saul_n to_o feed_v his_o father_n sheep_n at_o bethlehem_n that_o we_o may_v not_o wonder_v how_o david_n be_v send_v to_o the_o camp_n by_o his_o father_n jesse_n when_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n that_o he_o be_v in_o saul_n court_n and_o make_v his_o armour_n bearer_n here_o we_o be_v tell_v that_o he_o have_v before_o this_o time_n leave_v the_o court_n and_o be_v return_v to_o keep_v his_o father_n sheep_n the_o reason_n whereof_o may_v be_v either_o first_o the_o alienation_n of_o saul_n affection_n that_o he_o begin_v little_a to_o regard_v he_o and_o so_o david_n be_v desirous_a to_o return_v to_o his_o own_o home_n we_o know_v brainsick_a man_n be_v usual_o unconstant_a and_o seldom_o continue_v long_o in_o one_o mind_n or_o second_o because_o saul_n be_v for_o a_o
mean_v either_o of_o the_o tent_n which_o david_n afterward_o provide_v for_o the_o ark_n of_o god_n 1._o chron._n 15.1_o and_o therefore_o call_v his_o tent_n or_o else_o rather_o it_o be_v mean_v of_o his_o own_o private_a tent_n where_o it_o seem_v he_o keep_v all_o goliahs_n armour_n for_o a_o time_n though_o afterward_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o his_o sword_n be_v lay_v up_o in_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o the_o lord_n at_o nob_n chap._n 21.9_o and_o the_o priest_n say_v the_o sword_n of_o goliath_n the_o philistine_n who_o thou_o slay_v in_o the_o valley_n of_o elah_n behold_v it_o be_v wrap_v up_o in_o a_o cloth_n behind_o the_o ephod_n verse_n 55._o he_o say_v unto_o abner_n captain_n of_o the_o host_n abner_n who_o son_n be_v this_o youth_n this_o may_v well_o seem_v strange_a consider_v what_o be_v say_v before_o concern_v saul_n and_o david_n chap._n 16.21_o and_o david_n come_v to_o saul_n and_o stand_v before_o he_o and_o he_o love_v he_o great_o and_o he_o become_v his_o armour_n bearer_n and_o indeed_o some_o expositor_n do_v certain_o hereupon_o conclude_v that_o there_o be_v here_o a_o transposition_n of_o the_o history_n and_o that_o these_o thing_n relate_v in_o this_o chapter_n be_v do_v before_o that_o which_o be_v relate_v in_o the_o forego_n chapter_n concern_v saul_n send_v for_o david_n to_o play_v before_o he_o etc._n etc._n but_o yet_o it_o be_v not_o safe_a to_o change_v the_o order_n of_o the_o history_n without_o necessary_a cause_n and_o that_o here_o i_o find_v not_o for_o notwithstanding_o all_o that_o have_v former_o pass_v between_o saul_n and_o david_n how_o this_o may_v be_v that_o saul_n shall_v not_o now_o know_v david_n we_o may_v well_o enough_o conceive_v if_o we_o consider_v first_o that_o the_o countenance_n of_o young_a man_n when_o they_o grow_v towards_o ripeness_n of_o year_n and_o begin_v to_o have_v hair_n on_o their_o face_n many_o time_n do_v much_o altar_n in_o a_o little_a while_n second_o that_o great_a personage_n do_v take_v little_a notice_n of_o their_o mean_a servant_n and_o therefore_o easy_o forget_v they_o three_o that_o saul_n be_v trouble_v with_o melancholy_a and_o frantic_a fit_n and_o such_o man_n will_v often_o forget_v those_o that_o former_o they_o have_v seem_v much_o to_o respect_v for_o all_o this_o consider_v it_o need_v not_o seem_v impossible_a that_o saul_n shall_v before_o this_o great_o love_n david_n to_o wit_n according_a to_o the_o respect_n which_o musician_n or_o servant_n find_v with_o prince_n and_o appoint_v he_o to_o be_v one_o of_o those_o that_o sometime_o carry_v his_o shield_n before_o he_o and_o yet_o have_v afterward_o send_v he_o home_o to_o his_o father_n shall_v not_o know_v he_o when_o he_o come_v to_o the_o camp_n in_o other_o apparel_n and_o with_o another_o countenance_n to_o visit_v his_o brethren_n and_o as_o for_o abner_n be_v a_o martial_a man_n and_o often_o abroad_o he_o may_v in_o those_o time_n take_v little_a notice_n of_o david_n chap._n xviii_o verse_n 1._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o he_o have_v make_v a_o end_n of_o speak_v unto_o saul_n that_o the_o soul_n of_o jonathan_n be_v knit_v with_o the_o soul_n of_o david_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v his_o heart_n and_o affection_n be_v in_o a_o extraordinary_a manner_n set_v upon_o david_n and_o the_o cause_n thereof_o be_v easy_o conceive_v to_o wit_n first_o those_o amiable_a grace_n which_o he_o discern_v in_o david_n his_o wisdom_n his_o courage_n and_o undaunted_a spirit_n his_o zeal_n for_o god_n glory_n and_o above_o all_o his_o faith_n and_o confidence_n in_o god_n protection_n and_o assistance_n second_o the_o likeness_n and_o suitablenesse_n of_o their_o quality_n and_o disposition_n jonathan_n be_v a_o stout_a courageous_a prince_n pious_a and_o faithful_a and_o therefore_o when_o david_n have_v manifest_v himself_o to_o be_v eminent_o such_o likewise_o the_o soul_n of_o jonathan_n be_v knit_v with_o the_o soul_n of_o david_n three_o the_o glory_n that_o god_n have_v do_v he_o in_o give_v he_o the_o victory_n over_o that_o proud_a giant_n that_o have_v both_o defy_v and_o terrify_v the_o whole_a army_n of_o israel_n this_o show_v plain_o that_o he_o be_v high_o esteem_v of_o god_n and_o precious_a in_o his_o eye_n and_o so_o he_o love_v he_o as_o one_o that_o be_v dear_o belove_v of_o god_n four_o the_o gracious_a speech_n that_o come_v from_o david_n upon_o every_o occasion_n for_o that_o seem_v to_o be_v special_o aim_v at_o in_o those_o word_n when_o he_o have_v make_v a_o end_n of_o speak_v unto_o saul_n the_o soul_n of_o jonathan_n be_v knit_v with_o the_o soul_n of_o david_n and_o five_o there_o be_v doubtless_o a_o special_a hand_n of_o god_n in_o incline_v the_o affection_n of_o jonathan_n thus_o unto_o david_n for_o by_o this_o mean_v god_n provide_v david_n a_o friend_n in_o saul_n court_v to_o plead_v for_o he_o to_o reveal_v saul_n plot_n and_o intendment_n against_o he_o and_o to_o be_v by_o his_o true_a love_n a_o comfort_n and_o support_v to_o david_n in_o all_o his_o approach_a trouble_n and_o sorrow_n verse_n 3._o then_o jonathan_n and_o david_n make_v a_o covenant_n that_o be_v a_o covenant_n of_o entire_a friendship_n and_o brotherly_a love_n verse_n 4._o and_o jonathan_n strip_v himself_o of_o the_o robe_n that_o be_v upon_o he_o and_o give_v it_o to_o david_n to_o wit_n that_o hereby_o he_o may_v testify_v that_o he_o esteem_v he_o as_o his_o second_o self_n and_o that_o whatever_o he_o have_v all_o his_o authority_n and_o power_n and_o wealth_n he_o shall_v be_v always_o ready_a to_o bestow_v and_o employ_v it_o for_o david_n welfare_n and_o service_n verse_n 5._o and_o saul_n set_v he_o over_o the_o man_n of_o war_n that_o be_v he_o make_v he_o a_o captain_n over_o some_o of_o his_o troop_n and_o employ_v he_o as_o a_o commander_n in_o his_o war_n for_o this_o be_v not_o mean_v of_o that_o dignity_n which_o saul_n have_v former_o confer_v upon_o abner_n chap._n 14.50_o who_o be_v the_o captain_n of_o his_o host_n that_o be_v the_o chief_a general_n of_o his_o army_n that_o place_n he_o still_o retain_v as_o be_v evident_a in_o many_o place_n of_o the_o follow_a story_n verse_n 6._o the_o woman_n come_v out_o of_o all_o the_o city_n of_o israel_n sing_v and_o dance_v to_o meet_v king_n saul_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v it_o seem_v the_o usual_a custom_n of_o these_o time_n among_o the_o people_n of_o god_n that_o when_o god_n have_v give_v they_o any_o great_a victory_n over_o their_o enemy_n the_o woman_n be_v wont_v with_o dance_n and_o song_n of_o triumph_n to_o celebrate_v the_o praise_n of_o god_n for_o so_o it_o be_v with_o the_o woman_n of_o israel_n when_o the_o egyptian_n be_v drown_v in_o the_o red_a sea_n exod_a 15.20_o and_o with_o jephthahs_n daughter_n and_o her_o company_n when_o jephthah_n have_v vanquish_v the_o ammonite_n his_o daughter_n come_v out_o to_o meet_v he_o with_o timbrel_n and_o with_o dance_n judges_z 11.32_o and_o therefore_o now_o from_o all_o the_o city_n of_o israel_n that_o saul_n pass_v by_o with_o his_o army_n as_o he_o return_v home_o from_o the_o valley_n of_o elah_n where_o he_o have_v vanquish_v the_o philistine_n the_o woman_n come_v out_o with_o song_n and_o dance_n to_o congratulate_v his_o victory_n as_o woman_n have_v usual_o the_o heavy_a share_n in_o the_o calamity_n of_o a_o land_n that_o be_v overrun_v by_o a_o enemy_n and_o that_o because_o they_o be_v least_o able_a to_o resist_v and_o so_o be_v frequent_o take_v for_o slave_n ravish_v and_o abuse_v in_o the_o most_o savage_a manner_n so_o have_v they_o likewise_o therefore_o the_o great_a cause_n to_o rejoice_v when_o the_o enemy_n be_v vanquish_v and_o hence_o it_o may_v be_v be_v this_o custom_n of_o woman_n triumph_v at_o every_o great_a victory_n but_o however_o in_o this_o triumph_v of_o god_n people_n for_o the_o fall_n of_o goliath_n and_o the_o vanquish_a of_o the_o philistine_n there_o be_v a_o kind_n of_o figure_n and_o shadow_n of_o the_o triumphant_a joy_n of_o god_n elect_a people_n for_o christ_n conquest_n over_o satan_n and_o their_o prevail_a over_o their_o spiritual_a enemy_n through_o the_o merit_n and_o assistance_n of_o christ_n rev._n 12.10_o 11._o i_o hear_v a_o loud_a voice_n say_v in_o heaven_n now_o be_v come_v salvation_n and_o strength_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o god_n and_o the_o power_n of_o his_o christ_n for_o the_o accuser_n of_o our_o brethren_n be_v cast_v down_o etc._n etc._n and_o they_o overcome_v he_o by_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o lamb_n and_o by_o the_o word_n of_o their_o testimony_n such_o be_v the_o rejoice_v of_o the_o virgin_n mary_n and_o zachary_n luke_n 1.46_o my_o soul_n do_v magnify_v the_o lord_n say_v marry_o and_o my_o spirit_n have_v rejoice_v in_o
that_o shall_v never_o be_v even_o what_o may_v be_v and_o will_v be_v if_o he_o do_v not_o otherwise_o dispose_v of_o it_o verse_n 13._o then_o david_n and_o his_o man_n which_o be_v about_o six_o hundred_o arise_v etc._n etc._n it_o seem_v the_o number_n of_o david_n follower_n still_o increase_v for_o before_o he_o have_v but_o four_o hundred_o chap._n 22._o but_o now_o he_o have_v six_o hundred_o with_o who_o he_o depart_v out_o of_o keilah_n and_o go_v whithersoever_o they_o can_v go_v that_o be_v be_v perplex_v and_o not_o know_v whither_o to_o go_v they_o seek_v up_o and_o down_o for_o some_o place_n or_o other_o to_o shelter_v themselves_o in_o verse_n 16._o and_o jonathan_n saul_n son_n arise_v and_o go_v to_o david_n into_o the_o wood_n and_o strengthen_v his_o hand_n in_o god_n that_o be_v he_o labour_v to_o make_v he_o comfortable_a and_o courageous_a by_o put_v he_o in_o mind_n of_o god_n promise_n and_o god_n power_n and_o by_o assure_v he_o of_o god_n grace_n and_o favour_n towards_o he_o verse_n 17._o thou_o shall_v be_v king_n over_o israel_n and_o i_o shall_v be_v next_o unto_o thou_o to_o wit_n by_o promise_n and_o covenant_n betwixt_o they_o but_o god_n otherwise_o dispose_v of_o it_o jonathan_n be_v take_v to_o a_o better_a kingdom_n and_o never_o live_v to_o see_v david_n sit_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o israel_n verse_n 18._o and_o they_o two_o make_v a_o covenant_n before_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v a_o covenant_n confirm_v by_o oath_n as_o in_o god_n presence_n verse_n 19_o then_o come_v up_o the_o ziphites_n to_o saul_n to_o gibeah_n say_v do_v not_o david_n hide_v himself_o with_o we_o etc._n etc._n though_o david_n have_v late_o drive_v the_o philistine_n out_o of_o the_o land_n yet_o like_o ungrateful_a wretch_n partly_o to_o curry_v favour_n with_o saul_n partly_o perhaps_o terrify_v with_o that_o severity_n whâ—ch_fw-mi saul_n have_v use_v against_o nob_n and_o the_o priest_n of_o the_o lord_n chap._n 22.18.19_o they_o go_v to_o he_o and_o discover_v where_o david_n be_v in_o a_o wood_n near_o they_o to_o wit_n in_o the_o wilderness_n of_o ziph._n this_o no_o doubt_n sore_o wound_v david_n heart_n that_o his_o own_o brethren_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n shall_v deal_v thus_o treacherous_o with_o he_o but_o therefore_o we_o see_v that_o god_n have_v immediate_o before_o this_o trial_n send_v jonathan_n to_o comfort_v he_o and_o strengthen_v his_o hand_n in_o god_n ver_fw-la 16._o that_o so_o he_o may_v be_v the_o better_a able_a to_o endure_v it_o as_o captain_n use_v to_o encourage_v their_o soldier_n before_o the_o fight_n and_z as_o physician_n use_v to_o give_v some_o preparative_n before_o sharp_a physic_n that_o it_o may_v not_o be_v too_o tedious_a and_o hard_a to_o be_v bear_v and_o indeed_o that_o david_n do_v support_v himself_o now_o with_o hope_n in_o god_n promise_n be_v evident_a by_o the_o 54._o psalm_n which_o he_o compose_v at_o this_o time_n as_o appear_v by_o the_o express_a word_n of_o the_o title_n of_o that_o psalm_n a_o psalm_n of_o david_n when_o the_o ziphim_n come_v and_o say_v to_o saul_n do_v not_o david_n hide_v himself_o with_o we_o verse_n 24._o but_o david_n and_o his_o man_n be_v in_o the_o wilderness_n of_o maon_n in_o the_o plain_a on_o the_o south_n of_o jeshimon_n for_o it_o be_v tell_v david_n that_o the_o ziphites_n have_v discover_v he_o and_o that_o saul_n with_o they_o and_o his_o army_n be_v come_v to_o take_v he_o as_o be_v express_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n they_o tell_v david_n and_o thereupon_o he_o leave_v the_o wilderness_n of_o ziph_n and_o flee_v to_o a_o plain_a in_o the_o wilderness_n of_o maon_n which_o lay_v more_o southward_a from_o jeshimon_n verse_n 29._o and_o david_n go_v up_o from_o thence_o and_o dwell_v in_o strong_a hold_n at_o engedi_n call_v aso_n hazazon_n tamar_n 2._o chron._n 20.2_o a_o city_n of_o judah_n josh_n 15_o 62._o it_o be_v it_o seem_v a_o place_n exceed_o fruitful_a for_o vine_n and_o other_o pleasant_a fruit_n whence_o be_v that_o expression_n in_o solomon_n song_n chap._n 1.14_o my_o belove_a be_v unto_o i_o as_o a_o cluster_n of_o camphire_n in_o the_o vineyard_n of_o engedi_n but_o yet_o there_o be_v a_o wilderness_n adjoin_v to_o it_o whither_o it_o be_v that_o david_n now_o flee_v chap._n 24.1_o chap._n xxiiii_o verse_n 2._o and_o go_v to_o seek_v david_n and_o his_o man_n upon_o the_o rock_n of_o the_o wild_a goat_n that_o be_v high_a steep_a and_o craggy_a rock_n such_o as_o wild_a goat_n do_v usual_o delight_v in_o and_o this_o be_v thus_o express_v to_o show_v the_o violence_n of_o saul_n rage_n and_o how_o greedy_o he_o thirst_v after_o the_o destruction_n of_o david_n we_o may_v see_v that_o he_o resolve_v to_o leave_v no_o place_n unsearched_a when_o he_o look_v up_o and_o down_o for_o he_o in_o these_o rocky_a place_n which_o can_v not_o but_o be_v very_o tedious_a both_o to_o himself_o and_o his_o soldier_n to_o march_v in_o verse_n 3._o and_o saul_n go_v in_o to_o cover_v his_o foot_n concern_v this_o phrase_n of_o saul_n cover_v his_o foot_n see_v the_o note_n judg._n 3.24_o and_o david_n and_o his_o man_n remain_v in_o the_o side_n of_o the_o cave_n it_o may_v seem_v strange_a that_o david_n and_o his_o six_o hundred_o man_n chap._n 23_o 13._o can_v be_v in_o this_o cave_n and_o yet_o saul_n when_o he_o come_v into_o it_o shall_v not_o perceive_v it_o but_o it_o be_v well_o know_v by_o the_o testimony_n of_o many_o writer_n that_o in_o some_o country_n there_o be_v such_o huge_a cave_n that_o many_o soldier_n may_v lie_v within_o they_o as_o also_o that_o those_o that_o be_v in_o such_o cave_n may_v see_v what_o be_v do_v in_o the_o mouth_n of_o those_o cave_n when_o they_o which_o be_v at_o the_o entrance_n perceive_v not_o what_o be_v within_o and_o such_o a_o cave_n be_v this_o wherein_o david_n and_o his_o man_n have_v hide_v themselves_o that_o saul_n may_v not_o find_v they_o out_o verse_n 4._o behold_v the_o day_n of_o which_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o thou_o behold_v i_o will_v deliver_v thy_o enemy_n into_o thy_o hand_n etc._n etc._n there_o may_v be_v some_o particular_a promise_n though_o it_o be_v not_o where_o express_v in_o the_o story_n which_o david_n have_v receive_v from_o gad_n or_o samuel_n or_o which_o god_n have_v immediate_o by_o his_o spirit_n give_v he_o concern_v saul_n fall_v into_o david_n hand_n of_o which_o his_o follower_n do_v now_o put_v he_o in_o mind_n but_o because_o such_o a_o promise_n may_v imply_v that_o the_o lord_n intend_v david_n shall_v cut_v off_o saul_n it_o seem_v most_o probable_a that_o this_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n which_o they_o speak_v of_o be_v only_o either_o that_o promise_v which_o samuel_n have_v make_v he_o concern_v the_o kingdom_n or_o else_o some_o general_a promise_n that_o he_o shall_v prevail_v over_o all_o his_o enemy_n which_o they_o now_o reach_v further_o than_o god_n intend_v they_o as_o if_o the_o promise_n of_o confer_v the_o kingdom_n upon_o david_n do_v by_o consequence_n imply_v that_o he_o may_v take_v away_o his_o life_n that_o now_o stand_v in_o his_o way_n to_o keep_v he_o from_o it_o or_o the_o promise_n of_o prevail_v over_o his_o enemy_n do_v include_v this_o of_o put_v he_o to_o death_n if_o god_n shall_v deliver_v he_o into_o his_o power_n at_o least_o from_o this_o act_n of_o god_n providence_n in_o bring_v saul_n into_o his_o power_n they_o seek_v to_o persuade_v david_n that_o god_n intend_v he_o shall_v be_v cut_v off_o and_o that_o david_n shall_v wilful_o despise_v god_n favour_n to_o he_o if_o he_o shall_v not_o do_v it_o then_o david_n arise_v and_o cut_v off_o the_o skirt_n of_o saul_n garment_n privy_o to_o wit_n that_o he_o may_v thereby_o afterward_o make_v it_o evident_a to_o saul_n that_o he_o can_v as_o well_o have_v kill_v he_o but_o how_o can_v he_o do_v this_o and_o saul_n not_o perceive_v it_o i_o answer_v first_o consider_v the_o tumult_n of_o the_o soldier_n without_o may_v drown_v the_o noise_n within_o it_o be_v probable_a enough_o that_o david_n may_v in_o this_o dark_a cave_n steal_v behind_o saul_n and_o cut_v off_o the_o outward_a lap_n of_o his_o garment_n without_o be_v feel_v or_o perceive_v second_o if_o saul_n come_v in_o to_o ease_v himself_o it_o be_v likely_a he_o have_v lay_v aside_o his_o upper_a robe_n or_o garment_n to_o which_o david_n may_v go_v close_o and_o unespied_a may_v cut_v off_o the_o skirt_n of_o it_o but_o three_o if_o we_o understand_v those_o forego_v word_n that_o saul_n go_v into_o the_o cave_n to_o cover_v his_o foot_n of_o his_o go_v in_o to_o lie_v down_o and_o sleep_v there_o then_o there_o can_v be_v no_o more_o question_n make_v how_o
in_o a_o way_n of_o justice_n and_o so_o then_o he_o may_v punish_v he_o for_o all_o together_o verse_n 26._o and_o he_o answer_v my_o lord_n o_o king_n my_o servant_n deceive_v i_o for_o thy_o servant_n say_v i_o will_v saddle_n i_o a_o ass_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n in_o that_o when_o mephibosheth_n have_v tell_v he_o that_o he_o will_v have_v a_o ass_n saddle_v that_o he_o may_v ride_v to_o the_o king_n he_o take_v away_o the_o ass_n and_o go_v secret_o to_o david_n leave_v he_o behind_o a_o poor_a lame_a man_n no_o way_n able_a to_o help_v himself_o verse_n 28._o for_o all_o of_o my_o father_n house_n be_v but_o dead_a man_n before_o my_o lord_n the_o king_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v we_o be_v in_o thy_o power_n thou_o may_v have_v put_v we_o all_o to_o death_n and_o enough_o thou_o have_v be_v provoke_v by_o our_o family_n especial_o by_o the_o attempt_n which_o ishbosheth_n make_v and_o therefore_o say_v he_o what_o right_o have_v i_o yet_o to_o cry_v any_o more_o unto_o the_o king_n that_o be_v what_o cause_n have_v i_o therefore_o to_o complain_v though_o that_o which_o be_v give_v i_o when_o there_o be_v so_o little_a cause_n for_o it_o be_v now_o take_v away_o verse_n 29._o and_o the_o king_n say_v unto_o he_o why_o speak_v thou_o any_o more_o of_o thy_o matter_n i_o have_v say_v thou_o and_o zâ—ba_n divide_v the_o land_n some_o understand_v this_o thus_o as_o if_o he_o have_v say_v thou_o need_v say_v no_o more_o i_o believe_v and_o approve_v thy_o excuse_n the_o latter_a sentence_n give_v upon_o ziba_n slander_n to_o wit_n that_o he_o shall_v have_v thy_o land_n i_o recall_v and_o do_v reestablish_v my_o former_a which_o be_v that_o thou_o and_o ziba_n divide_v the_o land_n that_o be_v that_o ziba_n shall_v occupy_v the_o land_n to_o half_n for_o thy_o use_n for_o this_o they_o conceive_v be_v the_o order_n which_o david_n appoint_v at_o first_o chap._n 9.10_o to_o wit_n that_o ziba_n shall_v till_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n and_o then_o he_o shall_v have_v â—alf_a the_o increase_n for_o his_o cost_n and_o labour_n and_o the_o other_o half_a mephibosheth_n shall_v have_v and_o that_o this_o david_n do_v now_o again_o establish_v and_o that_o therefore_o david_n use_v these_o word_n i_o have_v say_v as_o have_v respect_n to_o his_o first_o order_n but_o most_o expositor_n do_v far_o otherwise_o understand_v this_o sentence_n and_o i_o think_v right_o to_o wit_n that_o david_n as_o still_o scarce_o full_o satisfy_v concern_v mephibosheth_n and_o not_o willing_a to_o give_v any_o discontent_n to_o ziba_n especial_o at_o this_o time_n pretend_a haste_n that_o he_o have_v not_o leisure_n to_o examine_v the_o business_n any_o further_a and_o therefore_o at_o all_o adventure_n resolve_v to_o go_v a_o middle_a way_n and_o so_o to_o determine_v it_o thus_o that_o they_o shall_v divide_v the_o land_n betwixt_o they_o i_o have_v say_v that_o be_v this_o i_o decree_v and_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v alter_v thou_o and_o ziba_n divide_v the_o land_n and_o indeed_o if_o this_o be_v not_o the_o meaning_n of_o his_o word_n why_o shall_v mephibosheth_n have_v answer_v david_n to_o show_v himself_o content_v vers_fw-la 30._o yea_o let_v he_o take_v all_o forasmuch_o as_o my_o lord_n the_o king_n be_v come_v again_o in_o peace_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v indeed_o very_o strange_a that_o david_n so_o good_a and_o just_a a_o king_n shall_v pass_v such_o a_o unjust_a sentence_n especial_o against_o mephibosheth_n the_o son_n of_o his_o belove_a jonathan_n with_o who_o he_o have_v make_v a_o solemn_a covenant_n that_o he_o will_v show_v kindness_n to_o he_o and_o to_o his_o seed_n after_o he_o for_o first_o the_o tale_n that_o mephibosheth_n tell_v be_v in_o itself_o very_o fair_a and_o probable_a second_o even_o the_o poor_a plight_n wherein_o he_o be_v for_o he_o have_v neither_o dress_v his_o foot_n nor_o trim_v his_o beard_n nor_o wash_v his_o clothes_n since_o the_o king_n go_v from_o jerusalem_n make_v his_o report_n of_o the_o business_n the_o more_o credible_a there_o be_v no_o appearance_n in_o this_o of_o one_o that_o affect_v to_o be_v king_n of_o israel_n as_o ziba_n have_v slander_v he_o and_o three_o ziba_n be_v present_a and_o not_o answer_v a_o word_n to_o what_o mephibosheth_n say_v make_v the_o truth_n of_o this_o charge_n unquestionable_a but_o it_o seem_v david_n be_v loath_a to_o displease_v ziba_n by_o take_v back_o from_o he_o all_o that_o he_o have_v give_v he_o especial_o at_o this_o time_n when_o he_o be_v so_o desirous_a to_o endear_v himself_o to_o every_o body_n as_o much_o as_o he_o may_v and_o therefore_o he_o hope_v to_o salve_v all_o by_o appoint_v they_o to_o divide_v the_o land_n between_o they_o verse_n 33._o and_o the_o king_n say_v unto_o barzillai_n come_v thou_o over_o with_o i_o and_o i_o will_v feed_v thou_o with_o i_o in_o jerusalem_n thus_o david_n be_v careful_a to_o requite_v those_o that_o have_v show_v he_o kindness_n in_o his_o affliction_n and_o so_o will_v christ_n remember_v their_o love_n and_o requite_v their_o kindness_n abundant_o that_o afford_v any_o help_n or_o relief_n to_o he_o or_o to_o his_o poor_a member_n matt._n 25.34_o 35._o come_v you_o bless_v of_o my_o father_n inherit_v the_o kingdom_n for_o i_o be_v a_o hungry_a and_o you_o give_v i_o meat_n i_o be_v thirsty_a and_o you_o give_v i_o drink_v etc._n etc._n verse_n 40._o and_o all_o the_o people_n of_o judah_n conduct_v the_o king_n and_o also_o half_a the_o people_n of_o israel_n that_o be_v those_o of_o israel_n that_o have_v stick_v to_o the_o king_n in_o the_o war_n and_o fall_v not_o from_o he_o and_o such_o as_o be_v since_o come_v and_o be_v reconcile_v to_o he_o as_o that_o thousand_o of_o benjamin_n vers_fw-la 17._o yet_o the_o precise_a half_n be_v not_o to_o be_v understand_v but_o only_o a_o part_n to_o wit_n that_o they_o be_v not_o so_o whole_o there_o as_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n be_v verse_n 43._o and_o the_o man_n of_o israel_n answer_v the_o man_n of_o judah_n and_o say_v we_o have_v ten_o part_n in_o the_o king_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n as_o be_v ten_o of_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n for_o the_o man_n of_o benjamin_n be_v with_o judah_n and_o the_o word_n of_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n be_v fierce_a than_o the_o word_n of_o the_o man_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n when_o they_o answer_v this_o objection_n of_o the_o man_n of_o israel_n they_o do_v not_o seek_v to_o appease_v the_o israelite_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n but_o when_o they_o come_v to_o reply_v upon_o they_o their_o language_n be_v fierce_a and_o rough_a than_o the_o other_o have_v be_v chap._n xx._n verse_n 1._o and_o there_o happen_v to_o be_v there_o a_o man_n of_o belial_n who_o name_n be_v sheba_n etc._n etc._n as_o bone_n new_a set_v be_v easy_o put_v out_o again_o so_o a_o people_n that_o have_v break_v out_o into_o sedition_n and_o new_o quiet_v if_o they_o be_v not_o very_o chary_o handle_v be_v apt_a upon_o every_o light_a occasion_n to_o make_v a_o new_a insurrection_n and_o so_o it_o be_v now_o with_o the_o israelite_n for_o by_o occasion_n of_o the_o quarrel_n between_o they_o and_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n mention_v in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o the_o forego_n chapter_n sheba_n the_o son_n of_o bichria_n man_n of_o belial_n as_o he_o be_v here_o term_v concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n deut._n 13.13_o persuade_v the_o israelite_n present_o to_o cast_v of_o david_n government_n and_o the_o motion_n he_o make_v they_o as_o ready_o embrace_v we_o have_v say_v he_o no_o part_n in_o david_n neither_o have_v we_o inheritance_n in_o the_o son_n of_o jesse_n in_o which_o word_n though_o it_o may_v seem_v he_o allude_v to_o some_o phrase_n of_o speech_n usual_a among_o the_o israelite_n when_o they_o disclaim_v their_o interest_n in_o any_o thing_n and_o therefore_o we_o see_v the_o ten_o tribe_n use_v the_o same_o form_n of_o speech_n when_o they_o revolt_v from_o rehoboam_n 1._o king_n 12.16_o the_o people_n answer_v the_o king_n say_v what_o portion_n have_v we_o in_o david_n neither_o have_v we_o inheritance_n in_o the_o son_n of_o jesse_n etc._n etc._n yet_o withal_o he_o intimate_v the_o reason_n why_o they_o shall_v no_o long_o be_v david_n subject_n namely_o because_o they_o be_v slight_v as_o if_o they_o have_v no_o part_n in_o the_o king_n and_o therefore_o say_v he_o what_o be_v the_o son_n of_o jesse_n to_o we_o let_v the_o man_n of_o judah_n enjoy_v he_o whole_o to_o themselves_o and_o let_v we_o choose_v a_o king_n of_o our_o own_o his_o scornful_a speak_n of_o david_n show_v that_o as_o a_o benjamite_n he_o still_o grudge_v at_o the_o remove_n of_o the_o kingdom_n from_o their_o tribe_n in_o the_o
may_v compute_v what_o the_o prince_n give_v vers_fw-la 7._o verse_n 11._o thou_o o_o lord_n be_v the_o greatness_n and_o the_o power_n and_o the_o glory_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v thou_o be_v great_a and_o powerful_a and_o glorious_a etc._n etc._n and_o all_o greatness_n and_o power_n and_o glory_n that_o be_v confer_v upon_o any_o man_n come_v from_o thou_o and_o therefore_o aught_o to_o be_v employ_v to_o thy_o service_n at_o thy_o command_n verse_n 15._o for_o we_o be_v stranger_n before_o thou_o and_o sojourner_n as_o be_v all_o our_o father_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v even_o the_o land_n wherein_o we_o live_v it_o be_v but_o lend_v to_o we_o for_o a_o time_n and_o but_o a_o short_a time_n do_v we_o continue_v in_o it_o be_v all_o as_o a_o shadow_n that_o pass_v sudden_o away_o and_o continue_v not_o so_o that_o the_o very_a land_n be_v thou_o and_o we_o but_o as_o wayfaring_a man_n that_o only_o make_v use_v of_o it_o for_o a_o while_n consequent_o all_o that_o we_o enjoy_v be_v thou_o and_o not_o we_o and_o of_o thy_o own_o have_v we_o give_v thou_o but_o beside_o the_o drift_n of_o this_o clause_n may_v be_v also_o to_o show_v another_o motive_n that_o make_v they_o willing_a to_o give_v so_o free_o to_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n to_o wit_n because_o they_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o brevity_n of_o their_o life_n can_v not_o hope_v long_o to_o enjoy_v these_o thing_n and_o therefore_o can_v not_o but_o think_v they_o better_o bestow_v upon_o this_o service_n of_o god_n then_o keep_v for_o themselves_o verse_n 18._o keep_v this_o for_o ever_o in_o the_o imagination_n of_o the_o thought_n of_o the_o heart_n of_o thy_o people_n that_o be_v this_o readiness_n to_o consecrate_v themselves_o and_o all_o that_o they_o have_v to_o thy_o service_n verse_n 21._o and_o they_o sacrifice_v sacrifice_n unto_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n before_o the_o ark_n which_o which_o be_v now_o in_o david_n house_n in_o the_o tent_n which_o there_o he_o have_v prepare_v for_o it_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v vers_fw-la 22._o that_o the_o people_n do_v eat_v and_o drink_v before_o the_o lord_n on_o that_o day_n and_o sacrifice_n in_o abundance_n for_o all_o israel_n that_o be_v the_o sacrifice_n be_v offer_v in_o the_o name_n of_o all_o the_o people_n and_o in_o such_o abundance_n that_o all_o the_o israelite_n present_a may_v eat_v of_o the_o peace-offering_n that_o be_v then_o offer_v to_o the_o lord_n verse_n 22._o and_o they_o make_v solomon_n the_o son_n of_o david_n king_n the_o second_o time_n etc._n etc._n this_o though_o subjoin_v immediate_o to_o that_o which_o go_v before_o concern_v their_o sacrifice_v the_o next_o day_n after_o that_o david_n have_v make_v know_v his_o mind_n to_o the_o people_n be_v yet_o to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o anoint_v of_o solomon_n after_o david_n death_n as_o be_v evident_a first_o because_o the_o make_n of_o zadok_n the_o sole_a high_a priest_n instead_o of_o abiathar_n be_v here_o join_v with_o it_o and_o it_o can_v be_v deny_v but_o that_o be_v do_v after_o david_n death_n 1._o king_n 2.35_o second_o because_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n that_o solomon_n sit_v on_o the_o throne_n as_o king_n instead_o of_o his_o father_n david_n three_o because_o when_o david_n make_v these_o thing_n know_v in_o a_o public_a assembly_n of_o his_o prince_n he_o be_v not_o yet_o bedrid_a chap._n 18.1_o 2._o so_o that_o adonijah_n attempt_v to_o make_v himself_o king_n at_o which_o time_n solomon_n be_v first_o anoint_v 1._o king_n 1.33_o 34._o be_v after_o this_o and_o last_o of_o all_o because_o it_o follow_v vers_fw-la 24._o that_o the_o other_o son_n of_o david_n submit_v themselves_o to_o solomon_n which_o be_v not_o till_o adonijah_n usurpation_n be_v defeat_v 1._o king_n 1.9.49.50_o verse_n 23._o then_o solomon_n sit_v on_o the_o throne_n of_o the_o lord_n all_o kingdom_n and_o throne_n be_v the_o lord_n because_o all_o king_n be_v the_o lord_n vicegerent_n and_o have_v their_o power_n from_o he_o but_o the_o throne_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n be_v upon_o more_o peculiar_a ground_n call_v the_o throne_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o wit_n first_o because_o the_o dispose_n of_o this_o throne_n the_o lord_n whole_o challenge_v to_o himself_o deut._n 17.15_o thou_o shall_v in_o any_o wise_a set_v he_o king_n over_o thou_o who_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n shall_v choose_v and_o second_o because_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n be_v figure_n of_o christ_n the_o true_a anoint_a to_o who_o the_o throne_n of_o david_n be_v promise_v that_o be_v that_o he_o shall_v be_v king_n of_o the_o israel_n of_o god_n for_o ever_o luke_n 1.33_o and_o he_o shall_v reign_v over_o the_o house_n of_o jacob_n for_o ever_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 28._o and_o he_o die_v in_o a_o good_a old_a age_n to_o wit_n when_o he_o be_v seventy_o year_n old_a for_o david_n be_v thirty_o year_n old_a when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v and_o he_o reign_v forty_o year_n 2._o sam._n 5.4_o verse_n 29._o now_o the_o act_n of_o david_n the_o king_n first_o and_o last_o behold_v they_o be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o samuel_n the_o seer_n and_o in_o the_o book_n of_o nathan_n etc._n etc._n some_o understand_v this_o thus_o that_o the_o act_n of_o david_n be_v relate_v in_o the_o history_n or_o book_n of_o samuel_n which_o be_v write_v by_o nathan_n the_o prophet_n and_o gad_n the_o seer_n annotation_n upon_o the_o second_o book_n of_o the_o chronicle_n chap._n i._o verse_n 3._o so_o solomon_n and_o all_o the_o congregation_n with_o he_o go_v to_o the_o high_a place_n that_o be_v at_o gibeon_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n because_o be_v now_o settle_v in_o his_o kingdom_n maugre_o the_o opposition_n of_o those_o that_o favour_v not_o his_o cause_n he_o desire_v now_o in_o a_o solemn_a manner_n to_o praise_n god_n for_o his_o mercy_n and_o to_o seek_v unto_o the_o lord_n for_o wisdom_n that_o he_o may_v be_v the_o better_a able_a to_o govern_v the_o people_n commit_v to_o his_o charge_n verse_n 5._o the_o brazen_a altar_n that_o bezaleel_n the_o son_n of_o uri_n the_o son_n of_o hur_z have_v make_v he_o put_v before_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v moses_n of_o who_o mention_n be_v before_o make_v vers_fw-la 3._o verse_n 7._o in_o that_o night_n do_v god_n appear_v unto_o solomon_n to_o wit_n in_o that_o night_n after_o they_o have_v make_v a_o end_n of_o sacrifice_v those_o thousand_o burn_a offering_n mention_v in_o the_o former_a verse_n for_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a they_o offer_v a_o thousand_o burn_a offering_n in_o one_o day_n upon_o one_o altar_n and_o that_o in_o a_o dream_n as_o be_v express_v 1._o king_n 3.6_o where_o see_v also_o what_o be_v to_o be_v note_v either_o in_o solomon_n prayer_n or_o god_n answer_n to_o he_o verse_n 14._o and_o he_o have_v a_o thousand_o and_o four_o hundred_o chariot_n etc._n etc._n see_v 1_o king_n 10.26_o and_o 1._o king_n 4.26_o verse_n 16._o and_o solomon_n have_v horse_n bring_v out_o of_o egypt_n and_o linen_n yarn_n etc._n etc._n see_v 1_o king_n 10.28_o 29._o chap._n ii_o verse_n 2._o and_o solomon_n tell_v out_o threescore_o and_o ten_o thousand_o man_n to_o bear_v burden_n see_v 1_o king_n 5.15_o 16._o verse_n 3._o and_o solomon_n send_v to_o huram_fw-la the_o king_n of_o tyre_n say_v as_o thou_o do_v deal_v with_o david_n my_o father_n etc._n etc._n in_o the_o 1._o king_n 5.3_o it_o be_v say_v also_o that_o he_o allege_v to_o huram_fw-la that_o he_o know_v that_o david_n can_v not_o build_v a_o house_n for_o the_o worship_n of_o god_n by_o reason_n of_o his_o continual_a war_n whereof_o himself_o be_v ease_v he_o be_v now_o resolve_v to_o undertake_v the_o work_n where_o also_o such_o other_o passage_n in_o this_o message_n of_o solomon_n to_o huram_fw-la as_o need_v any_o exposition_n be_v already_o explain_v verse_n 8._o for_o i_o know_v that_o thy_o servant_n can_v skill_v to_o cut_v timber_n in_o lebanon_n that_o be_v excellent_o better_o than_o any_o of_o my_o servant_n see_v 1._o king_n 5.6_o verse_n 10._o i_o will_v give_v to_o thy_o servant_n the_o hewer_n that_o cut_v timber_n twenty_o thousand_o measure_n of_o beat_a wheat_n etc._n etc._n or_o if_o this_o do_v not_o like_o he_o whatsoever_o hire_v himself_o do_v appoint_v 1._o king_n 5.6_o verse_n 12._o huram_fw-la say_v moreover_o bless_a be_v the_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n see_v 1_o king_n 5.7_o verse_n 13._o and_o now_o i_o have_v send_v a_o cunning_a man_n etc._n etc._n his_o name_n be_v huram_fw-la chap._n 4.16_o or_o hiram_n 1_o king_n 7.13_o concern_v which_o and_o what_o be_v further_o herein_o to_o be_v note_v see_v the_o note_n there_o verse_n 15._o the_o
see_v that_o instead_o of_o look_v with_o a_o envious_a and_o malignant_a eye_n upon_o he_o he_o entertain_v he_o with_o all_o possible_a courtesy_n and_o do_v what_o he_o can_v to_o honour_v he_o among_o the_o people_n as_o for_o that_o clause_n and_o will_v tell_v thou_o all_o that_o be_v in_o thy_o heart_n thereby_o be_v mean_v either_o that_o he_o will_v tell_v he_o all_o that_o he_o have_v a_o purpose_n to_o inquire_v of_o he_o or_o else_o he_o will_v tell_v he_o many_o secret_a thing_n which_o no_o body_n know_v but_o himself_o only_o and_o indeed_o though_o for_o the_o present_a he_o tell_v he_o of_o the_o ass_n only_o as_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n and_o as_o for_o thy_o ass_n that_o be_v lose_v three_o day_n ago_o set_v not_o thy_o mind_n on_o they_o for_o they_o be_v find_v which_o doubtless_o he_o do_v to_o free_v he_o from_o that_o care_n and_o that_o he_o may_v be_v the_o more_o willing_a to_o stay_v with_o he_o yet_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o afterward_o when_o they_o be_v together_o alone_o he_o tell_v he_o many_o other_o secret_a thing_n for_o the_o great_a confirmation_n of_o his_o faith_n concern_v the_o promise_n of_o the_o kingdom_n as_o christ_n do_v to_o the_o woman_n of_o samaria_n to_o make_v she_o know_v he_o be_v the_o messiah_n joh._n 4.29_o where_o we_o have_v a_o expression_n much_o like_o this_o of_o samuel_n come_v see_v a_o man_n say_v she_o that_o have_v tell_v i_o all_o that_o ever_o i_o do_v verse_n 20._o and_o on_o who_o be_v all_o the_o desire_n of_o israel_n be_v it_o not_o on_o thou_o and_o on_o all_o thy_o father_n house_n that_o be_v on_o who_o must_v the_o kingdom_n and_o royal_a dignity_n which_o all_o israel_n desire_n may_v be_v rear_v up_o among_o they_o be_v confer_v but_o on_o thou_o and_o on_o thy_o father_n house_n verse_n 21._o and_o saul_n answer_v and_o say_v be_o not_o i_o a_o benjamite_n of_o the_o small_a of_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n though_o samuel_n have_v in_o the_o forego_n word_n speak_v very_o covert_o concern_v saul_n be_v king_n and_o on_o who_o be_v all_o the_o desire_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n yet_o the_o people_n eagerness_n at_o this_o time_n to_o have_v a_o king_n be_v so_o famous_o know_v saul_n may_v well_o hereby_o guess_v at_o samuel_n meaning_n and_o the_o strangeness_n of_o such_o tiding_n make_v he_o therefore_o as_o one_o astonish_v so_o debase_v himself_o be_o not_o i_o a_o benjamite_n of_o the_o small_a of_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n nor_o need_v we_o wonder_v that_o he_o call_v the_o tribe_n of_o benjamin_n the_o small_a of_o the_o tribe_n if_o we_o remember_v that_o this_o tribe_n be_v almost_o whole_o destroy_v not_o many_o year_n before_o in_o that_o war_n that_o be_v between_o this_o tribe_n and_o their_o brethren_n of_o the_o other_o tribe_n judg._n 20._o long_o it_o be_v it_o seem_v ere_o this_o tribe_n recover_v the_o desolation_n that_o be_v then_o make_v among_o they_o if_o ever_o they_o recover_v it_o for_o even_o in_o regard_n that_o there_o be_v so_o few_o of_o this_o tribe_n it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o when_o this_o tribe_n keep_v faithful_a to_o the_o house_n of_o david_n in_o the_o day_n of_o jeroboam_n as_o well_o as_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n yet_o still_o the_o scripture_n speak_v but_o of_o one_o tribe_n that_o do_v cleave_v to_o the_o house_n of_o david_n to_o wit_n the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n as_o we_o may_v see_v 1._o king_n 11.32_o and_o so_o in_o many_o other_o place_n benjamin_n not_o be_v mention_v because_o of_o their_o paucity_n but_o comprehend_v under_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n verse_n 22._o and_o samuel_n take_v saul_n and_o his_o servant_n and_o bring_v they_o into_o the_o parlour_n and_o make_v they_o sit_v in_o the_o chief_a place_n among_o they_o that_o be_v bid_v doubtless_o those_o invite_a be_v of_o the_o elder_n and_o chief_n of_o the_o city_n by_o place_v saul_n therefore_o above_o they_o he_o begin_v to_o give_v a_o sign_n of_o the_o dignity_n he_o shall_v be_v raise_v too_o and_o withal_o show_v how_o far_o he_o be_v from_o envy_v he_o because_o he_o shall_v be_v obscure_v by_o his_o advancement_n verse_n 23._o and_o samuel_n say_v unto_o the_o cook_n bring_v the_o portion_n which_o i_o give_v thou_o of_o which_o i_o say_v unto_o thou_o set_v it_o by_o thou_o samuel_n it_o seem_v have_v give_v order_n to_o the_o cook_n for_o one_o special_a extraordinary_a mess_n that_o shall_v be_v set_v by_o &_o reserve_v as_o for_o some_o extraordinary_a guest_n and_o not_o send_v up_o till_o samuel_n send_v for_o it_o and_o hereupon_o therefore_o he_o now_o call_v upon_o he_o to_o bring_v he_o that_o mess_n that_o it_o may_v be_v set_v before_o saul_n as_o for_o the_o custom_n of_o those_o time_n in_o allot_v a_o several_a mess_n to_o every_o guest_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o gen._n 43.34_o verse_n 24._o and_o the_o cook_n take_v up_o the_o shoulder_n and_o that_o which_o be_v upon_o it_o and_o set_v it_o before_o saul_n to_o wit_n the_o left_a shoulder_n for_o the_o right_a shoulder_n of_o all_o peace-offering_n be_v the_o priest_n portion_n levit._n 7.32_o 33._o the_o shoulder_n be_v it_o seem_v in_o these_o time_n account_v the_o chief_n piece_n and_o therefore_o doubtless_o be_v it_o allot_v for_o the_o priest_n portion_n and_o here_o at_o this_o time_n appoint_v for_o saul_n mess_n it_o be_v hard_o to_o say_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o those_o word_n and_o that_o which_o be_v upon_o it_o to_o wit_n whether_o it_o be_v mean_v of_o any_o thing_n that_o be_v pour_v or_o lay_v upon_o it_o as_o sauce_n or_o only_o for_o garnish_v the_o meat_n or_o of_o any_o other_o joint_n that_o be_v here_o bring_v in_o together_o with_o the_o shoulder_n as_o the_o neck_n or_o breast_n which_o before_o they_o be_v sever_v be_v upon_o the_o shoulder_n but_o because_o the_o shoulder_n be_v the_o only_a joint_n mention_v the_o first_o i_o conceive_v be_v most_o probable_a behold_v that_o which_o be_v leave_v set_v it_o before_o thou_o and_o eat_v for_o unto_o this_o time_n have_v it_o be_v keep_v for_o thou_o since_o i_o say_v i_o have_v invite_v the_o people_n that_o be_v since_o i_o first_o give_v order_n to_o the_o cook_n that_o he_o shall_v prepare_v this_o provision_n for_o those_o that_o be_v invite_v now_o this_o be_v express_v that_o hereby_o saul_n may_v see_v that_o god_n have_v beforehand_o reveal_v his_o come_n thither_o to_o samuel_n for_o how_o else_o can_v samuel_n have_v purposely_o set_v apart_o this_o portion_n for_o he_o verse_n 25._o samuel_n commune_v with_o saul_n upon_o the_o top_n of_o the_o house_n where_o they_o may_v be_v most_o private_a for_o thence_o also_o be_v that_o act_v 10.9_o peter_n go_v up_o upon_o the_o house_n to_o pray_v about_o the_o six_o hour_n both_o this_o and_o his_o choose_v the_o spring_n of_o the_o day_n to_o anoint_v saul_n in_o vers_fw-la 26._o before_o any_o body_n be_v stir_v and_o his_o go_v forth_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o city_n and_o send_v his_o servant_n away_o vers_n 27._o they_o all_o show_v how_o careful_a samuel_n be_v that_o it_o shall_v not_o yet_o be_v know_v that_o saul_n be_v anoint_v king_n to_o wit_n that_o when_o he_o be_v afterward_o choose_v by_o lot_n no_o body_n as_o yet_o think_v of_o any_o such_o thing_n it_o may_v be_v the_o more_o manifest_a that_o he_o be_v choose_v of_o god_n and_o that_o no_o body_n else_o have_v any_o hand_n in_o it_o and_o second_o that_o saul_n may_v hereby_o be_v teach_v to_o wait_v upon_o god_n to_o content_v himself_o with_o the_o promise_n for_o a_o time_n and_o to_o stay_v god_n leisure_n for_o the_o performance_n of_o what_o be_v promise_v verse_n 26._o and_o saul_n arise_v and_o they_o go_v out_o both_o of_o they_o he_o and_o samuel_n abroad_o the_o call_n up_o saul_n therefore_o to_o the_o top_n of_o the_o house_n mention_v in_o the_o forego_n word_n samuel_n call_v saul_n to_o the_o top_n of_o the_o house_n etc._n etc._n be_v only_a that_o samuel_n may_v will_v he_o to_o make_v ready_a present_o to_o be_v go_v which_o saul_n according_o do_v and_o so_o then_o samuel_n go_v along_o with_o he_o out_o of_o the_o city_n intend_v at_o their_o part_n to_o anoint_v he_o king_n chap._n x._o verse_n 1._o then_o samuel_n take_v a_o vial_n of_o oil_n and_o pour_v it_o upon_o his_o head_n and_o kiss_v he_o etc._n etc._n two_o ceremony_n be_v here_o mention_v which_o samuel_n use_v when_o he_o confer_v upon_o saul_n the_o supreme_a power_n of_o be_v king_n of_o israel_n the_o first_o be_v that_o he_o take_v a_o vial_n of_o oil_n and_o pour_v it_o upon_o his_o head_n which_o he_o do_v
by_o god_n command_n as_o we_o find_v it_o express_v chap._n 15.1_o samuel_n also_o say_v unto_o saul_n the_o lord_n send_v i_o to_o anoint_v thou_o to_o be_v king_n over_o his_o people_n over_o israel_n and_o this_o be_v doubtless_o to_o signify_v first_o that_o the_o lord_n have_v choose_v he_o and_o set_v he_o apart_o to_o that_o sacred_a and_o supreme_a office_n of_o be_v god_n vicegerent_n in_o rule_v and_o govern_v his_o people_n for_o oil_n be_v ordinary_o use_v in_o the_o consecration_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n by_o the_o anoint_v of_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n the_o lord_n be_v please_v to_o show_v forth_o that_o he_o have_v call_v they_o and_o separate_v they_o to_o this_o place_n of_o singular_a and_o high_a authority_n over_o the_o people_n and_o the_o rather_o say_v some_o expositor_n because_o oil_n be_v mingle_v with_o other_o liquor_n will_v be_v still_o uppermost_a and_o so_o be_v the_o fit_a to_o shadow_v forth_o that_o eminency_n of_o dignity_n and_o power_n whereto_o god_n have_v advance_v they_o and_o second_o that_o the_o lord_n will_v pour_v forth_o upon_o he_o a_o extraordinary_a measure_n of_o the_o gift_n of_o his_o spirit_n figure_v by_o the_o oil_n thereby_o to_o enable_v he_o for_o that_o great_a service_n whereto_o he_o be_v call_v whence_o it_o be_v note_v in_o the_o nine_o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n to_o show_v as_o it_o be_v the_o accomplishment_n of_o that_o which_o be_v signify_v by_o this_o outward_a ceremony_n that_o god_n give_v he_o another_o heart_n and_o vers_fw-la 6._o that_o he_o be_v turn_v into_o another_o man_n he_o be_v not_o the_o same_o man_n that_o he_o be_v before_o beside_o because_o by_o that_o speech_n of_o jothams_n judg._n 9.8_o the_o tree_n go_v forth_o on_o a_o time_n to_o anoint_v a_o king_n over_o they_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o it_o have_v be_v many_o year_n before_o this_o a_o constant_a custom_n among_o other_o nation_n to_o anoint_v their_o king_n and_o so_o be_v always_o continue_v whence_o it_o be_v that_o cyrus_n the_o king_n of_o persia_n be_v call_v the_o lord_n anoint_v esa_n 45.1_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o the_o people_n desire_v a_o king_n like_o other_o nation_n the_o lord_n may_v in_o this_o regard_n appoint_v this_o their_o new_a choose_a king_n to_o be_v design_v to_o his_o sovereignty_n by_o the_o same_o ceremony_n that_o be_v use_v among_o other_o nation_n it_o be_v a_o great_a question_n among_o expositor_n whether_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n be_v anoint_v with_o that_o holy_a anoint_v oil_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n wherewith_o the_o priest_n be_v anoint_v or_o with_o any_o other_o ordinary_a oil_n but_o because_o there_o be_v nothing_o can_v be_v allege_v that_o give_v the_o least_o intimation_n that_o saul_n be_v anoint_v with_o the_o oil_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n but_o only_o that_o david_n and_o his_o successor_n be_v i_o shall_v refer_v the_o resolve_v of_o this_o doubt_n to_o the_o note_n upon_o chap._n 16.1_o the_o second_o ceremony_n use_v here_o by_o samuel_n at_o the_o anoint_v of_o saul_n be_v that_o he_o kiss_v he_o which_o he_o do_v either_o by_o way_n of_o congratulation_n for_o that_o dignity_n whereto_o god_n have_v now_o advance_v he_o as_o make_v this_o a_o token_n of_o god_n favour_n and_o his_o own_o voluntary_a and_o peaceable_a resign_v the_o government_n over_o to_o he_o or_o rather_o by_o way_n of_o homage_n for_o in_o those_o time_n it_o seem_v subject_n use_v to_o acknowledge_v the_o sovereignty_n of_o their_o king_n by_o kiss_v they_o whence_o be_v that_o expression_n concern_v christ_n of_o who_o it_o be_v say_v there_o that_o god_n have_v set_v he_o to_o be_v king_n upon_o his_o holy_a hill_n of_o zion_n psal_n 2.11_o 12._o serve_v the_o lord_n with_o fear_n kiss_v the_o son_n lest_o he_o be_v angry_a and_o the_o ground_n of_o this_o civil_a ceremony_n be_v to_o signify_v the_o willingness_n of_o their_o subjection_n that_o they_o love_v their_o king_n and_o not_o so_o much_o out_o of_o fear_n as_o love_n will_v be_v ready_a to_o serve_v they_o and_o thence_o it_o well_o may_v be_v too_o that_o in_o time_n of_o idolatry_n they_o use_v to_o kiss_v their_o idol_n as_o be_v evident_a 1._o king_n 19.18_o yet_o i_o have_v leave_v i_o seven_o thousand_o in_o israel_n all_o the_o knee_n which_o have_v not_o bow_v unto_o baal_n and_o every_o mouth_n which_o have_v not_o kiss_v he_o and_o again_o hos_fw-la 13.2_o and_o now_o they_o sin_v more_o and_o more_o and_o have_v make_v they_o molteâ—_n image_n of_o their_o silver_n and_o idol_n according_a to_o their_o own_o understanding_n all_o of_o it_o the_o work_n of_o the_o craftsman_n they_o say_v of_o they_o let_v the_o man_n that_o sacrifice_n kiss_v the_o calf_n and_o say_v be_v it_o not_o because_o the_o lord_n have_v anoint_v thou_o to_o be_v captain_n over_o his_o inheritance_n in_o render_v this_o reason_n why_o he_o have_v use_v those_o outward_a ceremony_n the_o prophet_n chief_o press_v he_o to_o remember_v first_o that_o it_o be_v not_o he_o but_o the_o lord_n that_o have_v choose_v he_o to_o be_v king_n and_o second_o that_o it_o be_v god_n own_o inheritance_n over_o who_o he_o be_v to_o reign_v a_o strong_a argument_n to_o render_v he_o the_o more_o careful_a how_o he_o rule_v over_o they_o 1._o king_n 3.9_o give_v therefore_o thy_o servant_n a_o understand_a heart_n to_o judge_v thy_o people_n that_o i_o may_v discern_v between_o good_a and_o bad_a for_o who_o be_v able_a to_o judge_v this_o thy_o so_o great_a people_n why_o the_o israelite_n be_v call_v the_o lord_n inheritance_n see_v the_o note_n deut._n 32.9_o verse_n 2._o thou_o shall_v find_v two_o man_n by_o rachel_n sepulchre_n in_o the_o border_n of_o benjamin_n though_o bethlehem_n be_v in_o the_o portion_n of_o judah_n mich_n 5.2_o but_o thou_o bethlehem_n ephratah_n though_o thou_o be_v little_a among_o the_o thousand_o of_o judah_n yet_o out_o of_o thou_o shall_v he_o come_v forth_o unto_o i_o that_o be_v to_o be_v a_o ruler_n in_o israel_n and_o rachel_n sepulchre_n in_o the_o way_n to_o bethlehem_n gen._n 35.19_o 20._o and_o rachel_n die_v and_o be_v bury_v in_o the_o way_n to_o ephrath_n which_o be_v bethlehem_n and_o jacob_n set_v a_o pillar_n upon_o her_o grave_n that_o be_v the_o pillar_n of_o rachel_n grave_n unto_o this_o day_n yet_o may_v her_o sepulchre_n be_v in_o the_o border_n of_o benjamin_n or_o near_o to_o it_o for_o the_o portion_n of_o these_o two_o tribe_n lay_v together_o verse_n 3._o and_o there_o shall_v meet_v thou_o three_o man_n go_v up_o to_o god_n to_o bethel_n one_o carry_v three_o kid_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n because_o they_o be_v go_v thither_o to_o sacrifice_v whereby_o it_o appear_v that_o as_o in_o many_o other_o place_n so_o in_o bethel_n also_o there_o be_v a_o high_a place_n at_o this_o time_n wherein_o they_o use_v to_o sacrifice_v to_o which_o they_o may_v partly_o be_v induce_v out_o of_o a_o opinion_n of_o the_o holiness_n of_o the_o place_n because_o there_o god_n appear_v to_o jacob_n gen._n 28.19_o now_o the_o more_o punctual_o these_o particular_n be_v here_o express_v which_o these_o man_n carry_v with_o they_o the_o more_o it_o must_v needs_o strengthen_v saul_n faith_n when_o the_o least_o thing_n fail_v not_o of_o that_o which_o be_v now_o foretell_v he_o verse_n 4._o and_o they_o will_v salute_v thou_o and_o give_v thou_o two_o loaf_n of_o bread_n which_o thou_o shall_v receive_v of_o their_o hand_n it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o these_o man_n do_v never_o former_o know_v saul_n nor_o be_v at_o all_o acquaint_v with_o he_o because_o samuel_n give_v he_o order_n to_o take_v the_o loaf_n which_o they_o shall_v proffer_v he_o which_o there_o will_v have_v be_v no_o need_n to_o have_v do_v have_v they_o be_v his_o know_a and_o familiar_a friend_n now_o the_o less_o reason_n can_v be_v conceive_v why_o mere_a stranger_n shall_v carry_v themselves_o thus_o towards_o he_o the_o more_o admirable_a it_o be_v that_o god_n shall_v secret_o move_v their_o heart_n thus_o to_o honour_v he_o as_o it_o be_v with_o a_o present_a as_o if_o they_o have_v know_v of_o the_o advancement_n which_o the_o lord_n have_v confer_v upon_o he_o and_o the_o more_o admirable_a and_o strange_a this_o be_v which_o samuel_n foretell_v the_o more_o it_o must_v needs_o confirm_v saul_n faith_n when_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v verse_n 5._o after_o that_o thou_o shall_v come_v to_o the_o hill_n of_o god_n where_o be_v the_o garrison_n of_o the_o philistine_n concern_v the_o garrison_n which_o the_o philistine_n keep_v now_o in_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 7.14_o it_o be_v probable_a that_o this_o be_v in_o gibeah_n of_o benjamin_n where_o saul_n father_n dwell_v or_o near_o to_o it_o first_o
mention_n not_o other_o cause_n but_o that_o wrong_n which_o of_o old_a their_o father_n have_v do_v to_o his_o people_n express_v one_o circumstance_n as_o a_o great_a aggravation_n of_o their_o cruelty_n namely_o that_o when_o his_o poor_a people_n have_v be_v so_o long_o under_o a_o miserable_a bondage_n in_o egypt_n and_o be_v now_o new_o escape_v thence_o than_o they_o come_v present_o out_o against_o they_o and_o seek_v to_o destroy_v they_o i_o remember_v say_v the_o lord_n that_o which_o amalek_n do_v to_o israel_n when_o he_o come_v up_o from_o egypt_n nor_o need_v it_o seem_v strange_a that_o the_o present_a amalekite_n shall_v be_v utter_o destroy_v for_o that_o which_o their_o ancestor_n have_v do_v so_o many_o year_n ago_o for_o though_o god_n destroy_v none_o everlasting_o but_o for_o their_o own_o sin_n yet_o with_o temporal_a punishment_n he_o do_v usual_o punish_v the_o child_n for_o the_o sin_n of_o their_o ancestor_n especial_o when_o the_o child_n go_v in_o their_o father_n step_n as_o by_o that_o which_o be_v say_v of_o agag_n vers_fw-la 33._o it_o seem_v these_o do_v verse_n 3._o now_o go_v and_o smite_v amalek_n and_o utter_o destroy_v all_o that_o they_o have_v that_o be_v not_o the_o man_n and_o cattle_n only_o as_o be_v afterward_o express_v but_o their_o city_n also_o and_o all_o the_o wealth_n therein_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 4._o and_o saul_n gather_v the_o people_n together_o and_o number_v they_o in_o telaim_n which_o most_o expositor_n conceive_v to_o be_v the_o city_n of_o judah_n call_v telem_n josh_n 15.24_o as_o for_o the_o follow_a clause_n wherein_o those_o of_o judah_n be_v number_v apart_o by_o themselves_o two_o hundred_o thousand_o footman_n and_o ten_o thousand_o man_n of_o judah_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o chap._n 11.8_o verse_n 5._o and_o saul_n come_v to_o a_o city_n of_o amalek_n and_o lay_v wait_v in_o the_o valley_n the_o insert_v of_o this_o here_o seem_v to_o imply_v that_o either_o it_o be_v the_o first_o city_n he_o come_v to_o or_o that_o it_o be_v the_o city_n where_o their_o king_n be_v verse_n 6._o and_o saul_n say_v unto_o the_o kenites_n go_v depart_v get_v you_o down_o from_o among_o the_o amalekite_n etc._n etc._n this_o must_v be_v mean_v either_o of_o the_o posterity_n of_o jethro_n the_o kenite_fw-la who_o though_o they_o have_v plant_v themselves_o in_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n judg._n 1.16_o yet_o now_o happy_o they_o be_v remove_v further_o because_o of_o the_o israelite_n war_n into_o the_o land_n of_o the_o amalekite_n for_o they_o dwell_v in_o tent_n judg._n 4.17_o and_o therefore_o may_v easy_o remove_v from_o one_o place_n to_o another_o or_o else_o it_o be_v mean_v of_o a_o people_n so_o call_v of_o who_o jethro_n be_v numb_a 24.21_o who_o be_v now_o spare_v for_o jethro_n sake_n yet_o his_o redouble_v the_o charge_n that_o they_o shall_v get_v they_o away_o in_o those_o several_a term_n go_v depart_v be_v to_o imply_v that_o if_o they_o love_v their_o life_n they_o shall_v make_v haste_n away_o for_o you_o show_v kindness_n to_o all_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n when_o they_o come_v up_o out_o of_o egypt_n this_o be_v questionless_a mean_v of_o the_o kindness_n which_o jethro_n the_o kenite_fw-la and_o his_o family_n show_v to_o the_o israelite_n he_o come_v out_o with_o much_o joy_n to_o meet_v moses_n and_o to_o congratulate_v all_o the_o goodness_n which_o god_n have_v show_v to_o the_o israelite_n he_o give_v he_o counsel_n for_o the_o well-ordering_a of_o the_o government_n of_o israel_n and_o doubtless_o he_o and_o he_o be_v eye_n unto_o the_o israelite_n in_o their_o go_n through_o the_o wilderness_n according_a to_o moses_n desire_v numb_a 10.31_o and_o therefore_o now_o saul_n give_v they_o warning_n to_o remove_v away_o that_o they_o may_v not_o suffer_v together_o with_o the_o amalekite_n as_o the_o lord_n punish_v the_o amalekite_n for_o the_o wrong_n their_o progenitour_n do_v to_o his_o people_n so_o he_o spare_v the_o kenites_n for_o the_o kindness_n their_o ancestor_n have_v show_v they_o verse_n 7._o and_o saul_n smite_v the_o amalekite_n from_o havilah_n until_o thou_o come_v to_o shur_n that_o be_v over_o against_o egypt_n that_o saul_n destroy_v not_o all_o the_o whole_a nation_n of_o the_o amalekite_n be_v evident_a chap._n 27.8_o and_o david_n and_o his_o man_n go_v up_o and_o invade_v the_o geshurite_n and_o the_o gezrite_n and_o the_o amalekite_n and_o chap._n 30.1_o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o david_n be_v come_v to_o ziklag_n on_o the_o three_o day_n that_o the_o amalekite_n have_v invade_v ziklag_n etc._n etc._n either_o therefore_o this_o must_v be_v mean_v of_o some_o one_o part_n of_o their_o country_n or_o that_o saul_n slay_v throughout_o the_o land_n all_o that_o he_o can_v get_v into_o his_o power_n for_o shur_n be_v the_o further_a border_n of_o their_o land_n towards_o egypt_n verse_n 8._o and_o he_o take_v agag_n the_o king_n of_o the_o amalekite_v alive_a and_o utter_o destroy_v all_o the_o people_n etc._n etc._n agag_n be_v the_o common_a name_n of_o the_o king_n of_o that_o land_n numb_a 24.7_o and_o his_o king_n shall_v be_v high_o than_o agag_n etc._n etc._n now_o this_o agag_n who_o above_o the_o rest_n he_o shall_v have_v slay_v saul_n spare_v either_o to_o make_v his_o triumph_n more_o glorious_a which_o he_o may_v think_v will_v be_v most_o for_o god_n glory_n or_o out_o of_o covetousness_n to_o get_v a_o great_a ransom_n for_o he_o or_o rather_o out_o of_o a_o foolish_a pity_n because_o he_o be_v a_o king_n and_o indeed_o the_o confidence_n of_o saul_n in_o his_o answer_n to_o samuel_n vers_fw-la 20._o yea_o i_o have_v obey_v the_o voice_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o have_v go_v the_o way_n which_o the_o lord_n send_v i_o and_o have_v bring_v agag_n the_o king_n of_o amalek_n etc._n etc._n make_v it_o not_o very_o improbable_a that_o in_o spare_a agag_n he_o think_v he_o have_v do_v well_o verse_n 9_o but_o saul_n and_o the_o people_n spare_v agag_n and_o the_o best_a of_o the_o sheep_n and_o of_o the_o ox_n etc._n etc._n in_o spare_v these_o cattle_n they_o pretend_v a_o respect_n they_o have_v to_o the_o glory_n of_o god_n namely_o that_o they_o spare_v they_o for_o sacrifice_n as_o saul_n tell_v samuel_n afterward_o vers_fw-la 15._o the_o people_n spare_v the_o best_a of_o the_o sheep_n and_o of_o the_o ox_n to_o sacrifice_v unto_o the_o lord_n whereas_o indeed_o it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o secret_o they_o have_v a_o purpose_n to_o retain_v many_o of_o they_o for_o their_o own_o use_n as_o those_o word_n of_o samuel_n seem_v to_o imply_v vers_fw-la 19_o wherefore_o do_v thou_o not_o obey_v the_o voice_n of_o the_o lord_n but_o do_v fly_v upon_o the_o spoil_n however_o when_o god_n have_v enjoin_v they_o to_o destroy_v all_o the_o cattle_n and_o not_o to_o spare_v any_o for_o they_o to_o spare_v all_o that_o be_v good_a and_o to_o destroy_v those_o only_a that_o be_v vile_a and_o refuse_v as_o it_o follow_v in_o this_o verse_n be_v all_o one_o in_o effect_n as_o if_o they_o have_v resolve_v that_o in_o those_o that_o be_v worth_a nothing_o god_n shall_v have_v his_o desire_n but_o that_o those_o that_o be_v fat_a and_o good_a they_o know_v how_o to_o reserve_v for_o a_o better_a use_n verse_n 11._o it_o repent_v i_o that_o i_o have_v set_v up_o saul_n to_o be_v king_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o gen._n 6.6_o verse_n 12._o saul_n come_v to_o carmel_n and_o behold_v he_o set_v he_o up_o a_o place_n and_o be_v go_v about_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o pitch_v their_o tent_n in_o carmell_n and_o so_o stay_v there_o a_o while_n to_o refresh_v his_o army_n and_o divide_v the_o spoil_n and_o then_o go_v away_o to_o gilgal_n or_o else_o the_o meaning_n may_v be_v this_o he_o set_v he_o up_o a_o place_n in_o carmel_n that_o be_v some_o pillar_n or_o pyramid_n as_o a_o triumphant_a monument_n of_o his_o victory_n and_o so_o go_v thence_o away_o to_o gilgal_n verse_n 13._o and_o saul_n say_v unto_o he_o bless_a be_v thou_o of_o the_o lord_n i_o have_v perform_v the_o commandment_n of_o the_o lord_n this_o confident_a boast_n of_o saul_n may_v seem_v to_o imply_v that_o he_o do_v think_v indeed_o that_o he_o have_v perform_v what_o god_n enjoin_v he_o as_o not_o think_v that_o his_o spare_v of_o agag_n and_o some_o of_o the_o cattle_n for_o sacrifice_n will_v have_v be_v judge_v a_o transgression_n of_o god_n command_n but_o yet_o other_o conceive_v that_o his_o own_o conscience_n tell_v he_o that_o he_o have_v not_o do_v well_o and_o that_o thence_o it_o be_v that_o now_o at_o his_o meeting_n with_o samuel_n he_o salute_v he_o in_o such_o a_o fawn_a manner_n as_o by_o way_n of_o colloge_v with_o he_o bless_v be_v thou_o of_o the_o
god_n my_o saviour_n and_o bless_v be_v the_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n say_v zachary_n for_o he_o have_v visit_v and_o redeem_v his_o people_n and_o have_v raise_v up_o a_o horn_n of_o salvation_n for_o we_o in_o the_o house_n of_o his_o servant_n david_n vers_fw-la 68.69_o yea_o thus_o do_v all_o god_n redeem_v once_o triumph_n because_o christ_n have_v make_v they_o more_o than_o conqueror_n over_o all_o their_o enemy_n rom._n 8.33_o 39_o verse_n 7._o saul_n have_v slay_v his_o thousand_o and_o david_n his_o ten_o thousand_o to_o david_n they_o ascribe_v ten_o time_n as_o much_o as_o to_o saul_n because_o by_o his_o kill_n of_o goliath_n he_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o the_o rout_v of_o the_o whole_a army_n now_o so_o solemn_a and_o glorious_a be_v the_o triumph_n of_o the_o israelite_n and_o such_o general_a notice_n be_v take_v of_o this_o particular_a passage_n in_o the_o woman_n song_n that_o it_o come_v to_o be_v report_v and_o know_v to_o the_o philistine_n as_o we_o may_v see_v chap._n 21.11_o and_o the_o servant_n of_o achish_n say_v unto_o he_o be_v not_o this_o david_n the_o king_n of_o the_o land_n do_v not_o they_o sing_v one_o to_o another_o of_o he_o in_o dance_n say_v saul_n have_v slay_v his_o thousand_o and_o david_n his_o ten_o thousand_o and_o chap._n 29.5_o be_v not_o this_o david_n of_o who_o they_o sing_v one_o to_o another_o in_o dance_n say_v saul_n have_v slay_v his_o thousand_o and_o david_n his_o ten_o thousand_o verse_n 8._o and_o he_o say_v they_o have_v ascribe_v unto_o david_n ten_o thousand_o and_o to_o i_o they_o have_v ascribe_v but_o thousand_o and_o what_o can_v he_o have_v more_o but_o the_o kingdom_n the_o meaning_n be_v that_o from_o thenceforth_o he_o begin_v to_o suspect_v that_o david_n be_v the_o man_n of_o who_o samuel_n have_v tell_v he_o that_o shall_v be_v king_n in_o his_o room_n chap._n 13.14_o the_o lord_n have_v seek_v he_o out_o a_o man_n after_o his_o own_o heart_n and_o the_o lord_n have_v command_v he_o to_o be_v captain_n over_o his_o people_n verse_n 9_o and_o saul_n eye_v david_n from_o that_o day_n forward_o that_o be_v he_o look_v upon_o he_o with_o a_o envious_a and_o malicious_a eye_n and_o watch_v for_o a_o opportunity_n to_o make_v he_o away_o verse_n 10._o the_o evil_a spirit_n from_o god_n come_v upon_o saul_n and_o he_o prophesy_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o house_n in_o his_o frantic_a fit_n it_o be_v say_v that_o saul_n prophesy_v either_o because_o he_o sing_v song_n perhaps_o such_o hymn_n and_o song_n as_o be_v usual_o sing_v by_o the_o son_n of_o the_o prophet_n which_o be_v usual_o call_v prophesy_v in_o the_o scripture_n as_o we_o may_v see_v in_o a_o former_a note_n chap._n 10.5_o and_o this_o he_o may_v do_v by_o the_o suggestion_n of_o satan_n or_o else_o because_o general_o be_v beside_o himself_o and_o possess_v with_o a_o evil_a spirit_n both_o his_o behaviour_n and_o speech_n in_o some_o regard_n be_v outward_o such_o as_o when_o the_o prophet_n be_v stir_v by_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n who_o in_o their_o ecstasy_n and_o rapture_n have_v some_o uncomposed_a kind_n of_o motion_n and_o action_n and_o be_v as_o man_n beside_o themselves_o for_o the_o time_n and_o therefore_o often_o term_v mad_a man_n 2._o king_n 9.11_o wherefore_o come_v this_o mad_a fellow_n to_o thou_o so_o jer._n 29.26_o every_o man_n that_o be_v mad_a and_o make_v himself_o a_o prophet_n etc._n etc._n man_n possess_v do_v many_o time_n utter_v strange_a language_n and_o word_n which_o they_o former_o never_o learn_v nor_o understand_v yea_o many_o time_n they_o will_v divine_v of_o secret_a thing_n as_o no_o doubt_n that_o damsel_n do_v that_o be_v possess_v with_o a_o spirit_n of_o divination_n act_v 16.16_o as_o therefore_o those_o idolatrous_a seducer_n of_o the_o people_n that_o be_v never_o send_v of_o god_n be_v yet_o usual_o call_v prophet_n so_o here_o saul_n because_o his_o speech_n and_o carriage_n be_v in_o some_o particular_n like_o that_o of_o god_n prophet_n be_v here_o say_v to_o have_v prophesy_v verse_n 11._o and_o saul_n cast_v the_o javelin_n for_o he_o say_v i_o will_v smite_v david_n to_o the_o wall_n with_o it_o and_o this_o he_o do_v twice_o perhaps_o in_o two_o several_a fit_n as_o the_o follow_v word_n imply_v and_o david_n avoid_v out_o of_o his_o presence_n twice_o while_o david_n seek_v to_o cure_v saul_n of_o his_o frenzy_n saul_n seek_v to_o take_v away_o his_o life_n and_o so_o likewise_o while_o our_o saviour_n seek_v the_o health_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o their_o recovery_n out_o of_o satan_n power_n by_o preach_v to_o they_o the_o glad_a tiding_n of_o the_o gospel_n they_o often_o seek_v to_o kill_v he_o sometime_o open_o sometime_o secret_o that_o he_o be_v oft_o force_v to_o withdraw_v himself_o from_o they_o as_o there_o at_o nazareth_n luke_n 4_o 28_o 29_o 30._o and_o they_o all_o in_o the_o synagogue_n when_o they_o hear_v these_o thing_n be_v fill_v with_o wrath_n and_o they_o rise_v up_o and_o thrust_v he_o out_o of_o the_o city_n and_o lead_v he_o to_o the_o brow_n of_o the_o hill_n whereon_o the_o city_n be_v build_v that_o they_o may_v cast_v he_o down_o headlong_o but_o he_o pass_v through_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o go_v his_o way_n verse_n 13._o therefore_o saul_n remove_v he_o from_o he_o and_o make_v he_o his_o captain_n over_o a_o thousand_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v a_o colonel_n or_o a_o chief_a commander_n in_o his_o army_n perceive_v that_o david_n by_o his_o watchfulness_n do_v still_o decline_v the_o stroke_n of_o his_o javelin_n and_o perhaps_o that_o he_o do_v forbear_v to_o come_v at_o he_o any_o more_o in_o his_o frantic_a fit_n he_o remove_v he_o from_o he_o that_o be_v he_o resolve_v to_o employ_v he_o abroad_o that_o he_o may_v not_o be_v vex_v any_o more_o with_o the_o sight_n of_o he_o and_o so_o he_o make_v he_o one_o of_o his_o colonel_n hope_v also_o that_o he_o will_v some_o time_n or_o other_o be_v slay_v in_o the_o battle_n and_o thence_o it_o be_v say_v of_o david_n in_o the_o follow_a word_n that_o he_o go_v out_o and_o come_v in_o before_o the_o people_n that_o be_v he_o lead_v they_o out_o to_o battle_n and_o bring_v they_o back_o again_o verse_n 17._o and_o saul_n say_v to_o david_n behold_v my_o elder_a daughter_n merab_n she_o will_v i_o give_v thou_o to_o wife_n and_o thus_o under_o a_o pretence_n of_o perform_v that_o promise_n former_o make_v to_o he_o that_o shall_v kill_v goliath_n chap._n 17.25_o he_o seek_v to_o expose_v david_n to_o the_o sword_n of_o the_o philistine_n for_o this_o renew_a promise_n of_o his_o daughter_n he_o hope_v will_v make_v he_o the_o more_o eager_o prosecute_v his_o war_n against_o they_o and_o then_o one_o time_n or_o other_o he_o think_v the_o philistine_n may_v slay_v he_o but_o now_o all_o this_o while_n he_o never_o serious_o intend_v she_o shall_v be_v his_o wife_n or_o else_o he_o soon_o change_v his_o mind_n for_o within_o a_o while_n after_o he_o give_v she_o to_o another_o man_n of_o which_o see_v the_o note_n upon_o vers_n 19_o verse_n 18._o what_o be_v my_o life_n or_o my_o father_n family_n in_o israel_n that_o i_o shall_v be_v son_n in_o law_n to_o the_o king_n what_o be_v my_o parentage_n education_n condition_n of_o life_n that_o i_o shall_v think_v myself_o a_o fit_a husband_n for_o a_o king_n daughter_n and_o thus_o he_o modest_o refuse_v the_o honour_n that_o be_v tender_v he_o as_o know_v that_o as_o yet_o they_o understand_v nothing_o of_o his_o be_v anoint_v to_o succeed_v saul_n verse_n 19_o but_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o time_n when_o merab_n saul_n daughter_n shall_v have_v be_v give_v to_o david_n that_o she_o be_v give_v to_o adriel_n the_o meholathite_n to_o wife_n this_o adriel_n the_o meholathite_n be_v the_o son_n of_o barzillai_n as_o be_v express_o note_v 2._o sam._n 21.8_o where_o also_o it_o be_v record_v that_o all_o the_o son_n that_o he_o have_v by_o this_o daughter_n of_o saul_n that_o we_o may_v see_v how_o the_o curse_n of_o god_n follow_v this_o unlawful_a match_n be_v hang_v up_o in_o satisfaction_n to_o the_o gibeonite_n for_o they_o be_v certain_o adriel_n son_n by_o merab_n that_o be_v mention_v there_o only_o they_o be_v bring_v up_o by_o michal_n of_o which_o see_v the_o note_n there_o it_o seem_v the_o promise_n of_o give_v she_o to_o david_n to_o wife_n carry_v on_o so_o far_o that_o the_o time_n be_v set_v for_o solemnize_n the_o marriage_n and_o yet_o then_o at_o the_o time_n when_o merab_n shall_v have_v be_v give_v to_o david_n she_o be_v give_v to_o adriel_n which_o be_v very_o observable_a in_o many_o regard_n for_o first_o we_o see_v that_o god_n have_v
first_o send_v to_o slay_v david_n but_o of_o other_o send_v after_o they_o the_o first_o say_v they_o wait_v for_o david_n come_v forth_o do_v not_o go_v into_o the_o house_n and_o so_o saul_n send_v other_o with_o the_o same_o direction_n that_o he_o give_v to_o the_o first_o but_o this_o be_v suppose_v without_o any_o just_a ground_n in_o the_o text_n who_o can_v think_v that_o the_o first_o will_v wait_v so_o long_o for_o david_n come_v forth_o and_o never_o go_v to_o search_v for_o he_o in_o the_o house_n till_o saul_n shall_v suspect_v they_o neglect_v their_o charge_n and_o so_o send_v other_o after_o they_o no_o doubtless_o these_o be_v the_o first_o messenger_n mention_v before_o only_a saul_n send_v they_o be_v here_o repeat_v again_o and_o the_o word_n therefore_o must_v be_v thus_o understand_v when_o saul_n send_v messenger_n to_o take_v david_n she_o say_v he_o be_v sick_a that_o be_v when_o the_o messenger_n come_v that_o saul_n have_v send_v which_o doubtless_o they_o do_v betimes_o in_o the_o morning_n she_o answer_v he_o be_v sick_a and_o carry_v they_o up_o to_o his_o chamber_n show_v they_o the_o image_n in_o the_o bed_n which_o they_o think_v have_v indeed_o be_v here_o husband_n and_o so_o go_v away_o verse_n 16._o and_o when_o the_o messenger_n be_v come_v in_o behâ—ld_v there_o be_v a_o image_n in_o the_o bed_n etc._n etc._n before_o happy_o when_o they_o go_v in_o to_o michal_n they_o may_v only_o look_v upon_o the_o bed_n afar_o off_o and_o so_o the_o room_n be_v dark_a as_o it_o be_v wont_a to_o be_v where_o sick_a folk_n lie_v they_o may_v easy_o be_v deceive_v by_o the_o cunning_a of_o michal_n and_o think_v it_o be_v david_n that_o lie_v there_o a_o bed_n but_o be_v now_o send_v back_o again_o by_o saul_n and_o appoint_v to_o bring_v he_o sick_a or_o well_o they_o go_v up_o now_o to_o the_o bed_n to_o lay_v hold_n on_o he_o and_o then_o michal_n fraud_n be_v soon_o discover_v and_o the_o unexpectedness_n of_o this_o which_o they_o find_v be_v here_o employ_v in_o this_o word_n behold_v behold_v there_o be_v a_o image_n in_o the_o bed_n they_o think_v very_o before_o that_o they_o have_v see_v david_n there_o and_o when_o they_o come_v now_o again_o they_o find_v nothing_o there_o but_o a_o image_n of_o wood_n or_o stone_n dress_v up_o like_o a_o sick_a man_n verse_n 18._o so_o david_n flee_v and_o escape_v and_o come_v to_o samuel_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n to_o bewail_v to_o he_o his_o misery_n and_o to_o show_v how_o far_o otherwise_o thing_n go_v with_o he_o than_o he_o expect_v in_o regard_n samuel_n have_v anoint_v he_o to_o succeed_v saul_n in_o the_o throne_n and_o withal_o to_o be_v advise_v by_o he_o what_o he_o shall_v do_v and_o he_o and_o samuel_n go_v and_o dwell_v in_o naioth_n which_o be_v a_o college_n of_o prophet_n whither_o samuel_n bring_v david_n first_o because_o saul_n be_v not_o likely_a to_o look_v he_o there_o second_o because_o here_o samuel_n hope_v he_o shall_v be_v as_o in_o a_o little_a sanctuary_n and_o as_o it_o be_v in_o a_o special_a manner_n put_v into_o god_n custody_n and_o three_o because_o with_o that_o holy_a company_n and_o sacred_a exercise_n there_o use_v david_n may_v be_v much_o comfort_v in_o his_o affliction_n verse_n 20._o and_o saul_n send_v messenger_n to_o take_v david_n to_o wit_n at_o naioth_n where_o he_o hear_v david_n be_v as_o be_v express_v in_o the_o forego_n verse_n doubtless_o they_o that_o tell_v he_o that_o he_o be_v at_o naioth_n tell_v he_o also_o that_o he_o be_v with_o samuel_n there_o and_o yet_o he_o give_v no_o order_n to_o his_o messenger_n to_o meddle_v with_o samuel_n because_o he_o have_v entertain_v the_o man_n who_o he_o pursue_v but_o only_o to_o take_v david_n it_o be_v a_o sign_n of_o extreme_a rage_n that_o he_o will_v have_v david_n fetch_v away_o by_o force_n out_o of_o the_o college_n of_o the_o prophet_n but_o yet_o withal_o it_o argue_v some_o remainder_n of_o respect_n towards_o samuel_n that_o be_v still_o in_o saul_n heart_n that_o all_o the_o while_n the_o least_o word_n be_v not_o speak_v against_o he_o and_o when_o they_o see_v the_o company_n of_o the_o prophet_n prophesy_v and_o samuel_n stand_v as_o appoint_v over_o they_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v when_o the_o messenger_n come_v and_o find_v the_o prophet_n prophesy_v and_o samuel_n as_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o choir_n or_o as_o their_o instructor_n and_o chief_a moderator_n in_o those_o holy_a and_o spiritual_a exercise_n wherein_o they_o be_v employ_v than_o they_o prophesy_v with_o they_o as_o man_n that_o have_v quite_o forget_v the_o bloody_a errand_n they_o come_v about_o and_o be_v change_v into_o other_o man_n and_o indeed_o not_o much_o unlike_o this_o be_v that_o which_o befall_v the_o messenger_n send_v by_o the_o pharisee_n to_o apprehend_v christ_n john_n 7.45_o 46._o then_o come_v the_o officer_n to_o the_o chief_a priest_n and_o pharisee_n and_o they_o say_v to_o they_o why_o have_v you_o not_o bring_v he_o the_o officer_n answer_v never_o man_n speak_v as_o this_o man_n what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o prophesy_a of_o these_o prophet_n see_v before_o in_o the_o note_n upon_o chap._n 10.5_o verse_n 23._o and_o he_o go_v on_o &_o prophesy_v until_o he_o come_v to_o naioth_n in_o ramah_n when_o saul_n have_v hear_v that_o the_o three_o company_n of_o his_o servant_n who_o he_o have_v send_v to_o naioth_n to_o apprehend_v david_n prophesy_v when_o they_o come_v there_o &_o never_o mind_v the_o business_n that_o he_o have_v give_v they_o in_o charge_n he_o resolve_v to_o go_v and_o fetch_v david_n himself_o though_o once_o before_o he_o himself_o have_v prophesy_v among_o the_o prophet_n by_o the_o supernatural_a work_n of_o god_n spirit_n upon_o he_o chap._n 10.6_o concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n there_o yet_o he_o resolve_v that_o he_o will_v now_o fetch_v david_n out_o of_o his_o sanctuary_n as_o if_o he_o have_v do_v it_o in_o defiance_n of_o god_n and_o behold_v whereas_o his_o servant_n prophesy_v not_o till_o they_o come_v among_o the_o prophet_n he_o prophesy_v as_o he_o go_v and_o when_o he_o come_v there_o fall_v down_o in_o a_o trance_n etc._n etc._n so_o that_o the_o more_o he_o harden_v himself_o against_o god_n the_o more_o do_v god_n show_v his_o power_n upon_o he_o verse_n 24._o and_o he_o strip_v off_o his_o clothes_n also_o and_o prophesy_v before_o samuel_n in_o like_a manner_n and_o lay_v down_o naked_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o lay_v aside_o his_o upper_a garment_n his_o princely_a robe_n and_o military_a apparel_n behave_v himself_o now_o as_o any_o other_o common_a person_n and_o this_o be_v all_o the_o nakedness_n intend_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n as_o in_o the_o same_o regard_n the_o like_a be_v say_v of_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n isa_n 20.2_o at_o the_o same_o time_n speak_v the_o lord_n by_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n the_o son_n of_o amos_n say_v go_v and_o loose_v the_o sackcloth_n from_o thy_o loin_n and_o put_v off_o thy_o shoe_n from_o thy_o foot_n and_o he_o do_v so_o walk_v naked_a and_o barefoot_a and_o of_o david_n 2._o sam._n 6.20_o who_o uncovered_v himself_o to_o day_n in_o the_o eye_n of_o his_o handmaid_n of_o his_o servant_n etc._n etc._n and_o of_o the_o prophet_n micah_n chap._n 1.8_o i_o will_v go_v strip_v and_o naked_a as_o for_o that_o which_o be_v say_v here_o of_o his_o lie_v down_o or_o fall_v down_o some_o understand_v this_o only_a of_o his_o fall_n down_o to_o humble_v himself_o in_o prayer_n as_o the_o other_o do_v but_o i_o rather_o conceive_v that_o this_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o his_o fall_n down_o and_o lie_v in_o a_o trance_n as_o balaam_n do_v numb_a 24.4_o when_o he_o have_v prophesy_v a_o while_n with_o the_o other_o this_o at_o length_n befall_v he_o peculiar_o for_o hereby_o the_o power_n of_o god_n be_v the_o more_o magnify_v and_o saul_n expose_v to_o shame_n and_o reproach_n among_o all_o that_o shall_v see_v how_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o his_o fury_n he_o be_v cast_v down_o bind_v and_o manacle_v by_o the_o mighty_a power_n of_o god_n and_o then_o withal_o david_n have_v the_o free_a and_o long_a liberty_n to_o escape_v for_o his_o life_n it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o all_o this_o be_v do_v before_o samuel_n which_o seem_v to_o contradict_v what_o be_v say_v before_o chap._n 15_o 35._o but_o of_o that_o see_v the_o note_n there_o wherefore_o they_o say_v be_v saul_n also_o among_o the_o prophet_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 10.11_o chap._n xx._n verse_n 1._o and_o david_n flee_v from_o naioth_n in_o ramah_n and_o come_v and_o say_v before_o jonathan_n etc._n etc._n take_v the_o opportunity_n of_o saul_n ecstasy_n wherein_o he_o continue_v all_o day_n and_o
all_o night_n david_n flee_v from_o naioth_n in_o ramah_n and_o come_v to_o gibeah_n of_o saul_n where_o jonathan_n be_v verse_n 2._o and_o he_o say_v unto_o he_o god_n forbid_v thou_o shall_v not_o die_v it_o seem_v jonathan_n know_v nothing_o of_o all_o that_o saul_n have_v do_v against_o david_n relate_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n at_o least_o he_o may_v think_v that_o if_o he_o have_v do_v any_o thing_n against_o david_n it_o be_v only_o in_o some_o frantic_a fit_n and_o therefore_o be_v he_o thus_o confident_a that_o david_n have_v no_o such_o cause_n of_o fear_n as_o he_o deem_v he_o have_v and_o that_o the_o rather_o too_o because_o of_o the_o oath_n his_o father_n have_v take_v chap._n 19.6_o and_o saul_n swear_v as_o the_o lord_n live_v he_o shall_v not_o die_v and_o because_o his_o father_n use_v to_o acquaint_v he_o with_o what_o he_o purpose_v to_o do_v my_o father_n say_v he_o will_v do_v nothing_o either_o great_a or_o small_a but_o that_o he_o will_v show_v it_o i_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 5._o behold_v to_o morrow_n be_v the_o new_a moon_n and_o i_o shall_v not_o fail_v to_o sit_v with_o the_o king_n at_o meat_n etc._n etc._n david_n fear_v to_o venture_v himself_o in_o saul_n presence_n any_o more_o till_o he_o be_v better_o satisfy_v how_o he_o stand_v affect_v towards_o he_o do_v here_o prescribe_v a_o way_n to_o jonathan_n how_o this_o may_v be_v discover_v namely_o that_o whereas_o the_o feast_n of_o the_o new_a moon_n be_v to_o be_v keep_v the_o next_o day_n at_o which_o time_n he_o use_v to_o sit_v with_o the_o king_n at_o the_o table_n he_o will_v absent_v himself_o for_o three_o day_n and_o if_o saul_n shall_v be_v high_o enrage_v at_o this_o hereby_o jonathan_n may_v know_v that_o his_o father_n intend_v some_o mischief_n to_o he_o and_o so_o be_v mad_a that_o he_o be_v disappoint_v of_o his_o purpose_n the_o feast_n david_n here_o speak_v of_o when_o he_o be_v by_o their_o ordinary_a course_n to_o sit_v with_o the_o king_n at_o meat_n be_v doubtless_o a_o holy_a feast_n keep_v with_o the_o peace-offering_n of_o the_o new_a moon_n festivitie_n as_o be_v evident_a vers_fw-la 26._o where_o saul_n conclude_v of_o david_n absence_n the_o first_o day_n that_o by_o reason_n of_o some_o legal_a pollution_n that_o have_v befall_v he_o he_o absent_v himself_o he_o be_v not_o clean_o say_v he_o sure_o he_o be_v not_o clean_a and_o observable_a it_o be_v that_o saul_n as_o bad_a as_o he_o be_v yet_o be_v careful_a to_o keep_v this_o feast_n of_o the_o new_a moon_n and_o to_o have_v his_o chief_a prince_n keep_v it_o with_o he_o to_o morrow_n say_v david_n be_v the_o new_a moon_n and_o i_o shall_v not_o fail_v to_o sit_v with_o the_o king_n at_o meat_n as_o for_o the_o three_o day_n wherein_o david_n say_v he_o will_v absent_v himself_o but_o let_v i_o go_v that_o i_o may_v hide_v myself_o in_o the_o field_n unto_o the_o three_o day_n at_o even_o this_o time_n be_v prefix_v by_o david_n because_o soon_o jonathan_n may_v not_o be_v able_a happy_o to_o inform_v he_o how_o saul_n take_v his_o absence_n from_o the_o feast_n for_o though_o the_o festivitie_n of_o the_o new_a moon_n last_v indeed_o but_o one_o day_n to_o wit_n the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o month_n numb_a 28.1_o concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n there_o yet_o some_o kind_n of_o peace-offering_n which_o be_v offer_v on_o that_o day_n to_o wit_n those_o that_o be_v offer_v for_o a_o vow_n or_o voluntary_a offering_n may_v be_v eat_v not_o only_o on_o the_o same_o day_n whereon_o they_o be_v offer_v but_o also_o the_o day_n follow_v levit._fw-la 7.16_o therefore_o it_o seem_v the_o feast_n that_o be_v begin_v on_o the_o new_a moon_n with_o their_o peace-offering_n be_v continue_v the_o next_o day_n as_o be_v evident_a vers_fw-la 27._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v on_o the_o morrow_n which_o be_v the_o second_o day_n of_o the_o month_n that_o david_n place_n be_v empty_a etc._n etc._n and_o so_o then_o the_o three_o be_v allow_v for_o jonathan_n to_o inform_v david_n how_o saul_n be_v affect_v with_o his_o absence_n from_o the_o feast_n verse_n 6._o if_o thy_o father_n at_o all_o miss_v i_o then_o say_v david_n earnest_o ask_v leave_v of_o i_o that_o he_o may_v run_v to_o bethlehem_n etc._n etc._n it_o seem_v in_o saul_n absence_n they_o use_v to_o ask_v leave_n of_o jonathan_n ere_o they_o leave_v the_o court_n especial_o at_o such_o a_o festivity_n as_o that_o of_o the_o new-moon_n be_v and_o therefore_o david_n desire_v jonathan_n to_o say_v that_o david_n have_v ask_v leave_n of_o he_o that_o he_o may_v go_v and_o keep_v the_o new-moon_n feast_n with_o his_o kindred_n at_o bethlehem_n though_o david_n leave_v saul_n in_o a_o trance_n at_o naioth_n chap._n 19.23_o 24._o yet_o he_o may_v be_v return_v thence_o before_o this_o conference_n which_o david_n have_v with_o jonathan_n at_o least_o he_o may_v suppose_v that_o he_o will_v soon_o come_v back_o again_o to_o gibeah_n but_o how_o can_v he_o conceive_v that_o saul_n will_v expect_v david_n sit_v at_o his_o table_n in_o the_o feast_n of_o the_o new-moon_n as_o in_o former_a time_n when_o he_o have_v be_v force_v so_o late_o to_o fly_v for_o his_o life_n both_o from_o he_o and_o from_o his_o messenger_n send_v to_o apprehend_v he_o chap._n 19_o i_o answer_v no_o doubt_n saul_n persuade_v himself_o that_o david_n will_v think_v that_o what_o he_o have_v do_v he_o have_v do_v only_o in_o his_o fit_n of_o frenzy_n and_o that_o be_v now_o come_v again_o to_o himself_o he_o will_v be_v as_o far_o from_o lay_v violent_a hand_n upon_o he_o as_o ever_o before_o now_o though_o david_n be_v not_o so_o simple_o credulous_a as_o to_o think_v so_o but_o discern_v his_o settle_a malice_n against_o he_o and_o very_o believe_v that_o for_o all_o his_o prophesy_v at_o naioth_n he_o will_v thirst_v after_o his_o blood_n as_o former_o yet_o suppose_v right_o as_o it_o be_v that_o saul_n in_o this_o his_o confidence_n and_o dissimulation_n will_v expect_v he_o at_o the_o feast_n the_o next_o day_n he_o advise_v jonathan_n to_o observe_v how_o he_o will_v take_v his_o absence_n as_o conclude_v that_o thereby_o they_o may_v discern_v what_o his_o purpose_n be_v as_o for_o david_n appoint_v jonathan_n by_o a_o untruth_n to_o excuse_v his_o absence_n in_o this_o doubtless_o david_n as_o the_o best_a be_v wont_v to_o do_v forget_v himself_o verse_n 8._o for_o thou_o have_v bring_v thy_o servant_n into_o a_o covenant_n of_o the_o lord_n with_o thou_o that_o be_v a_o covenant_n make_v in_o the_o presence_n of_o god_n wherein_o god_n be_v invocate_v to_o bear_v witness_n against_o and_o to_o punish_v the_o party_n transgress_v the_o covenant_n if_o there_o be_v in_o i_o iniquity_n slay_v i_o thyself_o etc._n etc._n it_o may_v be_v that_o david_n speak_v this_o to_o jonathan_n as_o to_o one_o that_o have_v power_n under_o his_o father_n even_o to_o punish_v with_o death_n those_o that_o be_v liable_a to_o such_o a_o sentence_n verse_n 10._o then_o say_v david_n to_o jonathan_n who_o shall_v tell_v i_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v see_v it_o will_v not_o be_v safe_a for_o you_o to_o come_v to_o i_o nor_o yet_o to_o trust_v such_o a_o message_n with_o any_o of_o your_o servant_n how_o shall_v i_o know_v whether_o your_o father_n be_v enrage_v at_o my_o absence_n or_o no_o verse_n 11._o and_o jonathan_n say_v unto_o david_n come_v let_v we_o go_v out_o into_o the_o field_n because_o he_o can_v not_o it_o seem_v speak_v his_o mind_n so_o free_o to_o david_n in_o the_o place_n where_o they_o be_v without_o some_o danger_n of_o be_v overhear_v therefore_o jonathan_n desire_v david_n to_o go_v with_o he_o out_o into_o the_o field_n or_o rather_o in_o answer_n to_o the_o question_n david_n have_v propound_v in_o the_o forego_n verse_n he_o invite_v he_o to_o go_v out_o with_o he_o into_o the_o field_n that_o there_o he_o may_v show_v he_o how_o by_o the_o token_n of_o shoot_v his_o arrow_n he_o mean_v to_o inform_v he_o whether_o there_o be_v any_o cause_n why_o he_o shall_v flee_v from_o his_o father_n or_o no_o verse_n 13._o the_o lord_n be_v with_o thou_o as_o he_o have_v be_v with_o my_o father_n that_o be_v the_o lord_n advance_v thou_o to_o the_o kingdom_n as_o he_o do_v my_o father_n and_o make_v thou_o victorious_a over_o thy_o enemy_n as_o my_o father_n have_v be_v whether_o he_o have_v hear_v of_o david_n anoint_v either_o by_o david_n himself_o or_o any_o other_o it_o be_v hard_o to_o say_v most_o likely_a it_o be_v that_o he_o know_v of_o the_o doom_n which_o samuel_n have_v pronounce_v against_o his_o father_n and_o observe_v the_o special_a hand_n of_o god_n that_o be_v with_o
their_o safety_n as_o the_o prince_n have_v but_o the_o prince_n have_v a_o special_a spleen_n against_o he_o because_o of_o the_o honour_n achish_n have_v do_v he_o and_o therefore_o they_o present_o combine_v together_o to_o complain_v of_o he_o and_o will_v have_v he_o remove_v be_v not_o this_o david_n the_o servant_n of_o saul_n the_o king_n of_o israel_n which_o have_v be_v with_o i_o these_o day_n or_o these_o year_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v or_o rather_o these_o year_n for_o he_o have_v be_v with_o he_o a_o full_a year_n and_o four_o month_n which_o be_v a_o good_a part_n of_o another_o year_n chap._n 27.7_o the_o time_n that_o david_n dwell_v with_o the_o philistine_n be_v a_o full_a year_n and_o four_o month_n verse_n 26._o then_o achish_n call_v david_n and_o say_v unto_o he_o sure_o as_o the_o lord_n live_v thou_o have_v be_v upright_o etc._n etc._n in_o the_o original_a it_o be_v as_o jehovah_n live_v for_o in_o those_o time_n these_o idolatrous_a nation_n have_v a_o reverend_a opinion_n not_o only_o of_o their_o own_o peculiar_a god_n but_o of_o those_o also_o which_o they_o esteem_v the_o god_n of_o other_o nation_n and_o so_o have_v so_o much_o knowledge_n of_o the_o god_n of_o the_o hebrew_n that_o they_o know_v he_o be_v call_v jehovah_n achish_n swear_v therefore_o as_o jehovah_n live_v perhaps_o the_o rather_o to_o please_v david_n herewith_o yea_o it_o be_v probable_a that_o even_o among_o the_o heathen_a that_o be_v alien_n and_o stranger_n from_o the_o commonwealth_n of_o israel_n there_o be_v from_o former_a time_n some_o remainder_n of_o truth_n convey_v concern_v god_n which_o be_v still_o retain_v among_o they_o as_o this_o of_o the_o name_n jehovah_n from_o whence_o no_o doubt_n come_v that_o name_n of_o jupiter_n or_o jove_n which_o be_v in_o after_o time_n so_o rife_o among_o they_o verse_n 8._o what_o have_v thou_o find_v in_o thy_o servant_n so_o long_o as_o i_o have_v be_v with_o thou_o unto_o this_o day_n that_o i_o may_v not_o go_v fight_n against_o the_o enemy_n of_o my_o lord_n the_o king_n david_n doubtless_o will_v not_o for_o his_o life_n have_v draw_v his_o sword_n against_o the_o people_n of_o god_n but_o yet_o that_o achish_a and_o the_o philistine_n may_v not_o be_v jealous_a of_o he_o and_o so_o for_o the_o better_a assurance_n of_o his_o life_n among_o they_o he_o be_v glad_a to_o put_v on_o a_o countenance_n as_o if_o he_o have_v great_o desire_v to_o aid_v the_o philistine_n against_o the_o israelite_n and_o as_o if_o it_o have_v trouble_v he_o much_o that_o he_o may_v not_o do_v it_o verse_n 10._o rise_v up_o early_o in_o the_o morning_n with_o thy_o master_n servant_n that_o be_v come_v with_o thou_o that_o be_v saul_n servant_n that_o be_v come_v with_o thou_o and_o he_o call_v they_o not_o david_n servant_n but_o saul_n his_o master_n to_o imply_v the_o ground_n of_o the_o jealousy_n of_o the_o philistine_n prince_n to_o wit_n the_o relation_n which_o they_o have_v to_o saul_n that_o they_o be_v his_o subject_n his_o servant_n etc._n etc._n and_o assoon_o as_o you_o be_v up_o early_o in_o the_o morning_n and_o have_v light_a depart_z lest_o the_o lord_n of_o the_o philistine_n shall_v in_o their_o rage_n fall_v upon_o david_n he_o advise_v he_o to_o make_v all_o the_o haste_n away_o that_o possible_o he_o can_v and_o this_o be_v all_o achish_a intend_v in_o this_o his_o advice_n but_o god_n have_v a_o further_a aim_n in_o it_o for_o by_o this_o mean_v he_o be_v not_o only_o free_v from_o the_o danger_n of_o be_v force_v either_o perfidious_o to_o betray_v achish_a who_o trust_v in_o he_o or_o else_o to_o fight_v against_o his_o brethren_n but_o also_o haste_v homeward_o that_o he_o may_v come_v in_o time_n to_o rescue_v the_o prey_n out_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o amalekite_n which_o they_o have_v carry_v from_o ziklag_n as_o we_o see_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n chap._n xxx_o verse_n 1._o and_o the_o amalekite_n have_v invade_v the_o south_n and_o ziklag_n and_o smite_v ziklag_n and_o burn_v it_o with_o fire_n that_o be_v they_o have_v invade_v the_o south_n of_o judah_n and_o of_o the_o philistine_n country_n and_o among_o the_o rest_n particular_o they_o have_v sack_v ziklag_n and_o destroy_v it_o with_o fire_n for_o so_o we_o find_v this_o place_n explain_v afterward_o ver_fw-la 14._o where_o the_o egyptian_a they_o take_v confess_v to_o david_n we_o make_v a_o invasion_n upon_o the_o south_n of_o the_o cherethite_n that_o be_v the_o philistine_n and_o upon_o the_o coast_n which_o belong_v to_o judah_n and_o upon_o the_o south_n of_o caleb_n etc._n etc._n this_o no_o doubt_n the_o amalekite_n do_v to_o revenge_v the_o spoil_n which_o david_n and_o his_o man_n have_v make_v in_o their_o country_n chap._n 27.8_o take_v the_o opportunity_n of_o do_v it_o at_o this_o time_n when_o the_o philistine_n and_o david_n man_n be_v go_v out_o to_o make_v a_o invasion_n into_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n but_o god_n have_v herein_o a_o further_a end_n for_o by_o this_o mean_n first_o david_n be_v chastened_a for_o his_o sin_n who_o out_o of_o his_o distrust_n of_o god_n promise_n and_o providence_n have_v seek_v to_o help_v himself_o by_o unlawful_a mean_n by_o flee_v to_o the_o philistine_n by_o lie_v and_o dissemble_v and_o now_o of_o late_a by_o pretend_v to_o achish_n that_o he_o have_v a_o desire_n to_o fight_v against_o saul_n and_o against_o the_o israelite_n second_o his_o faith_n be_v exceed_o try_v for_o never_o be_v he_o in_o great_a strait_n than_o he_o be_v at_o this_o time_n three_o the_o amalekite_v god_n enemy_n be_v smite_v with_o a_o great_a destruction_n and_o fourthly_a david_n be_v endear_v to_o his_o own_o people_n when_o there_o be_v most_o need_n of_o it_o because_o they_o be_v now_o immediate_o to_o receive_v he_o to_o be_v their_o king_n both_o by_o the_o fame_n of_o his_o victory_n and_o the_o present_v he_o send_v they_o vers_n 26._o etc._n etc._n verse_n 2._o and_o have_v take_v the_o woman_n captive_n that_o be_v therein_o they_o slay_v not_o any_o etc._n etc._n and_o this_o no_o doubt_n be_v of_o god_n that_o they_o may_v by_o david_n be_v recover_v again_o for_o otherwise_o how_o unlikely_a a_o thing_n be_v it_o that_o they_o shall_v be_v so_o carry_v away_o with_o a_o covetous_a desire_n to_o make_v a_o gain_n of_o they_o by_o keep_v they_o prisoner_n that_o they_o shall_v not_o think_v of_o use_v these_o that_o be_v now_o in_o their_o power_n as_o david_n and_o his_o soldier_n have_v a_o while_n before_o use_v they_o chap._n 27.8_o 9_o and_o david_n smite_v the_o land_n and_o leave_v neither_o man_n nor_o woman_n alive_a etc._n etc._n verse_n 5._o and_o david_n two_o wife_n be_v take_v captive_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v insert_v first_o to_o set_v forth_o in_o what_o a_o sad_a condition_n david_n be_v at_o present_a second_o to_o show_v how_o whole_o he_o submit_v himself_o to_o the_o will_n of_o god_n that_o can_v depend_v upon_o god_n direction_n whether_o he_o shall_v pursue_v the_o amalekite_n or_o no_o vers_fw-la 8._o notwithstanding_o that_o his_o wife_n that_o be_v so_o precious_a in_o his_o eye_n be_v by_o they_o carry_v away_o verse_n 6._o and_o david_n be_v great_o distress_v for_o the_o people_n speak_v of_o ston_a he_o etc._n etc._n as_o lay_v all_o the_o blame_n upon_o he_o first_o because_o he_o have_v provoke_v the_o amalekite_n by_o spoil_v their_o country_n chap._n 27.8_o second_o because_o he_o have_v now_o to_o no_o purpose_n carry_v they_o all_o away_o after_o achish_n and_o leave_v the_o city_n without_o any_o defence_n but_o david_n encourage_v himself_o in_o the_o lord_n his_o god_n david_n be_v at_o this_o time_n in_o great_a distress_n his_o wife_n be_v take_v captive_n to_o achish_n he_o dare_v not_o return_v for_o he_o will_v have_v be_v enrage_v at_o he_o for_o the_o loss_n of_o ziklag_n burn_v by_o the_o amalekite_n in_o revenge_n of_o his_o former_a inroad_n upon_o they_o to_o fly_v to_o saul_n be_v in_o vain_a for_o he_o be_v his_o deadly_a enemy_n and_o at_o this_o time_n invade_v by_o the_o philistine_n yea_o his_o town_n follower_n begin_v to_o speak_v of_o ston_a he_o but_o though_o all_o this_o be_v so_o yet_o now_o david_n raise_v up_o his_o heart_n by_o remember_v the_o power_n and_o the_o goodness_n and_o the_o promise_n of_o god_n and_o so_o by_o this_o mean_v he_o encourage_v himself_o verse_n 10._o for_o two_o hundred_o abode_n behind_o which_o be_v so_o faint_a that_o they_o can_v not_o go_v over_o the_o brook_n besor_n and_o these_o therefore_o david_n leave_v with_o the_o carriage_n that_o with_o the_o other_o four_o hundred_o he_o may_v the_o more_o speedy_o pursue_v the_o amalekite_n as_o we_o see_v vers_fw-la 24._o
public_o by_o be_v one_o of_o the_o mourner_n bear_v witness_n of_o abner_n worth_a who_o in_o his_o rage_n he_o have_v slay_v concern_v the_o custom_n of_o rent_v their_o clothes_n see_v the_o note_n gen._n 37.29_o verse_n 33._o and_o the_o king_n lament_v over_o abner_n and_o say_v die_v abner_n as_o a_o fool_n die_v that_o be_v he_o die_v not_o as_o a_o fool_n die_v his_o hand_n be_v not_o bind_v etc._n etc._n the_o meaning_n be_v that_o he_o die_v not_o as_o a_o weak_a and_o cowardly_a man_n that_o be_v take_v in_o war_n and_o lead_v captive_a his_o hand_n be_v bind_v or_o as_o a_o malefactor_n that_o be_v cast_v into_o prison_n and_o bind_v in_o fetter_n not_o say_v he_o he_o that_o slay_v he_o have_v he_o do_v it_o in_o open_a fight_n he_o shall_v have_v find_v that_o his_o hand_n be_v not_o bind_v etc._n etc._n but_o he_o be_v slay_v as_o the_o valiant_a man_n in_o the_o world_n may_v have_v be_v slay_v to_o wit_n treacherous_o by_o one_o that_o pretend_a peace_n and_o smite_v he_o unaware_o perhaps_o this_o be_v the_o elegy_n which_o david_n compose_v to_o be_v sing_v at_o abners_n funeral_n verse_n 35._o and_o when_o all_o the_o people_n come_v to_o cause_n david_n to_o eat_v meat_n etc._n etc._n by_o these_o word_n be_v intimate_v that_o there_o be_v a_o solemn_a feast_n at_o the_o funeral_n of_o abner_n where_o all_o the_o people_n that_o be_v the_o guest_n invite_v or_o some_o in_o the_o name_n of_o all_o see_v or_o hear_v that_o the_o king_n refuse_v to_o eat_v labour_v to_o persuade_v he_o to_o eat_v till_o with_o such_o earnestness_n he_o protest_v to_o the_o contrary_a and_o indeed_o that_o it_o be_v a_o custom_n among_o god_n people_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o law_n to_o have_v feast_n at_o their_o funeral_n either_o thereby_o to_o allay_v their_o grief_n or_o to_o testify_v their_o hope_n concern_v the_o good_a estate_n of_o their_o decease_a friend_n may_v be_v gather_v from_o other_o place_n for_o thence_o be_v those_o expression_n jer._n 16.7_o 8._o neither_o shall_v man_n tear_v themselves_o for_o they_o in_o mourning_n to_o comfort_v they_o for_o the_o dead_a neither_o shall_v man_n give_v they_o the_o cup_n of_o consolation_n to_o drink_v for_o their_o father_n or_o for_o their_o mother_n thou_o shall_v not_o also_o go_v into_o the_o house_n of_o feast_v to_o sit_v with_o they_o to_o eat_v and_o to_o drink_v and_o ezek._n 24.17_o forbear_v to_o cry_v and_o make_v no_o mourning_n for_o the_o dead_a bound_v the_o tire_n of_o thy_o head_n upon_o thou_o and_o put_v on_o thy_o shoe_n upon_o thy_o foot_n and_o cover_v not_o thy_o lip_n and_o eat_v not_o the_o bread_n of_o man_n as_o for_o david_n oath_n when_o he_o reply_v that_o he_o will_v not_o eat_v so_o do_v god_n to_o i_o and_o more_o also_o see_v the_o note_n ruth_n 1.17_o verse_n 36._o as_o whatsoever_o the_o king_n do_v please_v all_o the_o people_n this_o be_v refer_v by_o some_o expositor_n to_o this_o particular_a of_o david_n order_v the_o funeral_n of_o abner_n that_o whatsoever_o the_o king_n do_v herein_o please_v the_o people_n but_o yet_o it_o may_v also_o be_v understand_v more_o general_o to_o wit_n that_o the_o king_n be_v so_o high_o esteem_v and_o belove_v of_o the_o people_n that_o they_o be_v still_o inclinable_a to_o approve_v of_o any_o thing_n that_o he_o do_v verse_n 39_o and_o i_o be_o this_o day_n weak_a though_o anoint_a king_n and_o these_o man_n the_o son_n of_o zeruiah_n be_v too_o hard_a for_o i_o etc._n etc._n by_o allege_v the_o power_n of_o joab_n and_o abishai_n and_o the_o unsettlednesse_n of_o his_o estate_n in_o the_o kingdom_n for_o the_o present_a he_o labour_v to_o excuse_v himself_o for_o not_o punish_v joab_n for_o this_o fact_n of_o his_o according_a to_o the_o law_n indeed_o by_o many_o thing_n relate_v both_o of_o joab_n and_o abner_n it_o appear_v that_o these_o that_o be_v general_n over_o the_o man_n of_o war_n be_v very_o potent_a but_o why_o then_o do_v not_o david_n execute_v justice_n upon_o joab_n afterward_o when_o he_o be_v establish_v in_o his_o throne_n doubtless_o it_o be_v a_o infirmity_n in_o david_n and_o before_o his_o death_n it_o seem_v he_o repent_v of_o his_o error_n which_o that_o charge_n of_o he_o to_o solomon_n may_v probable_o imply_v 1._o king_n 2.5_o 6._o moreover_o thou_o know_v also_o what_o joab_n the_o son_n of_o zeruiah_n do_v to_o i_o and_o what_o he_o do_v to_o the_o two_o captain_n of_o the_o host_n of_o israel_n unto_o abner_n the_o son_n of_o never_o and_o unto_o amasa_n the_o son_n of_o jether_o who_o he_o slay_v and_o shed_v the_o blood_n of_o war_n in_o peace_n and_o put_v the_o blood_n of_o war_n upon_o his_o girdle_n that_o be_v about_o his_o loin_n and_o in_o his_o shoe_n that_o be_v on_o his_o foot_n do_v therefore_o according_a to_o thy_o wisdom_n and_o let_v not_o his_o hoar_a head_n go_v down_o to_o the_o grave_n in_o peace_n chap._n four_o verse_n 1._o and_o when_o saul_n son_n hear_v that_o abner_n be_v dead_a in_o hebron_n his_o hand_n be_v feeble_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o be_v so_o dismay_v and_o discourage_v abner_n be_v slay_v on_o who_o he_o whole_o rely_v that_o there_o be_v no_o power_n in_o he_o to_o do_v any_o thing_n for_o himself_o the_o like_a phrase_n we_o have_v ezra_n 4.4_o and_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n weaken_v the_o hand_n of_o the_o people_n of_o judah_n and_o trouble_v they_o in_o building_n and_o neh._n 6.9_o they_o all_o make_v we_o afraid_a say_v their_o hand_n shall_v be_v weaken_v from_o the_o work_n that_o it_o be_v not_o do_v now_o therefore_o o_o god_n strengthen_v my_o hand_n yea_o and_o thus_o it_o be_v too_o with_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n as_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o word_n and_o all_o israel_n be_v trouble_v to_o wit_n because_o they_o have_v oppose_v david_n and_o now_o their_o general_n on_o who_o counsel_n and_o power_n they_o have_v hitherto_o stay_v themselves_o be_v take_v away_o yea_o and_o that_o when_o he_o go_v about_o to_o yield_v himself_o to_o david_n and_o further_o his_o title_n to_o the_o crown_n so_o that_o shall_v they_o go_v forward_o in_o that_o resolution_n of_o revolt_a from_o ishbosheth_n to_o david_n they_o suspect_v they_o shall_v find_v no_o more_o favour_n than_o abner_n have_v find_v verse_n 2._o for_o beeroth_n also_o be_v reckon_v to_o benjamin_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v add_v to_o show_v why_o rimmon_n the_o father_n of_o the_o two_o forename_a captain_n be_v call_v a_o beerothite_n to_o wit_n because_o he_o belong_v to_o beeroth_n a_o city_n in_o benjamin_n josh_n 18.25_o for_o though_o they_o dwell_v not_o indeed_o at_o present_a in_o beeroth_n but_o sojourn_v in_o gittam_n another_o town_n in_o benjamin_n neh._n 11.33_o yet_o that_o be_v because_o the_o beerothite_n flee_v to_o gittam_n and_o be_v sojourner_n there_o to_o wit_n when_o saul_n and_o his_o son_n be_v slay_v leave_v beeroth_n to_o the_o philistine_n who_o come_v and_o dwell_v in_o it_o 1._o sam._n 31.7_o and_o so_o still_o they_o be_v call_v beerothite_n after_o the_o place_n of_o their_o former_a habitation_n and_o live_v but_o as_o sojourner_n in_o gittam_n among_o their_o brethren_n the_o child_n of_o benjamin_n verse_n 4._o and_o jonathan_n saul_n son_n have_v a_o son_n that_o be_v lame_a on_o his_o foot_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v here_o insert_v to_o imply_v what_o it_o be_v that_o do_v chief_o encourage_v these_o man_n to_o murder_n ishbosheth_n to_o wit_n because_o he_o be_v take_v away_o there_o will_v be_v no_o legitimate_a issue_n of_o the_o royal_a stock_n of_o saul_n leave_v but_o only_o mephibosheth_n who_o be_v but_o a_o child_n of_o twelve_o year_n of_o age_n and_o withal_o lame_a in_o his_o foot_n be_v altogether_o unfit_a to_o succeed_v in_o the_o kingdom_n whence_o they_o infer_v first_o how_o advantageous_a this_o their_o intend_a fact_n will_v be_v unto_o david_n second_o how_o likely_a they_o be_v to_o be_v high_o reward_v by_o he_o and_o three_o how_o safe_o they_o may_v do_v it_o because_o there_o will_v be_v none_o leave_v of_o saul_n house_n to_o revenge_v the_o death_n of_o ishbosheth_n and_o his_o name_n be_v mephibosheth_n he_o be_v also_o call_v meribbaal_n 1._o chron._n 8.34_o so_o jerubbaal_n judge_n 6.22_o be_v call_v jerubesh_v 2._o sam._n 11.21_o and_o ishbaal_n 1._o chron._n 8.33_o be_v the_o same_o ishbosheth_n who_o abner_n now_o make_v king_n over_o israel_n some_o think_v that_o in_o detestation_n of_o the_o heathen_a idol_n the_o hebrew_n be_v wont_v many_o time_n to_o leave_v out_o the_o word_n baal_n and_o to_o put_v in_o the_o room_n of_o it_o this_o word_n bosh_v or_o besh_v which_o signify_v a_o shameful_a or_o
zion_n and_o be_v therefore_o conscious_a to_o themselves_o of_o much_o ingratitude_n against_o their_o sovereign_a and_o fear_v withal_o his_o just_a displeasure_n against_o they_o they_o dare_v not_o think_v of_o go_v forth_o to_o meet_v he_o david_n therefore_o by_o the_o priest_n who_o have_v stay_v all_o this_o while_n in_o jerusalem_n send_v they_o word_n how_o ready_a he_o be_v to_o pardon_v and_o forget_v all_o that_o be_v past_a why_o be_v you_o the_o last_o to_o bring_v the_o king_n back_o to_o his_o house_n and_o assure_v they_o that_o his_o affection_n to_o they_o be_v singular_a as_o be_v his_o brethren_n of_o the_o same_o tribe_n with_o himself_o you_o be_v my_o brethren_n you_o be_v my_o bone_n and_o my_o flesh_n and_o acquaint_v they_o what_o he_o have_v hear_v concern_v the_o resolution_n of_o the_o other_o tribe_n warn_v they_o to_o take_v heed_n that_o they_o be_v not_o the_o last_o in_o fetch_v home_o their_o king_n that_o have_v cause_n to_o be_v the_o first_o and_o thus_o be_v david_n a_o notable_a type_n of_o christ_n who_o do_v also_o fetch_v in_o rebel_n to_o god_n by_o proclaim_v the_o tiding_n of_o mercy_n to_o they_o the_o terror_n of_o the_o law_n may_v scare_v sinner_n and_o make_v they_o desire_v if_o it_o be_v possible_a to_o run_v away_o from_o god_n but_o it_o be_v the_o tender_a of_o grace_n in_o the_o gospel_n that_o make_v they_o come_v in_o and_o submit_v themselves_o verse_n 13._o and_o say_v you_o to_o amasa_n be_v thou_o not_o of_o my_o bone_n and_o of_o my_o flesh_n etc._n etc._n david_n doubt_v that_o amasa_n despair_v of_o the_o pardon_n of_o his_o offence_n may_v draw_v from_o he_o a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o strength_n of_o israel_n now_o under_o his_o command_n he_o send_v particular_o to_o he_o both_o to_o assure_v he_o that_o he_o be_v ready_a to_o receive_v he_o into_o his_o favour_n again_o and_o to_o give_v he_o the_o respect_n of_o a_o near_a kinsman_n for_o he_o be_v indeed_o his_o sister_n son_n 1._o chron._n 2.16_o 17._o and_o also_o to_o proffer_v he_o the_o place_n of_o captain_n of_o the_o host_n the_o place_n which_o absalon_n have_v give_v he_o and_o which_o joab_n now_o enjoy_v and_o have_v long_o since_o purchase_v by_o his_o valour_n 1._o chron._n 11.6_o god_n do_v so_o to_o i_o and_o more_o also_o if_o thou_o be_v not_o captain_n of_o the_o host_n before_o i_o continual_o in_o the_o room_n of_o joab_n and_o thus_o do_v david_n seek_v both_o to_o satisfy_v amasa_n and_o win_v he_o to_o come_v in_o and_o withal_o to_o weaken_v the_o excessive_a power_n of_o joab_n who_o have_v always_o carry_v himself_o too_o too_o insolent_o towards_o he_o and_o have_v now_o late_o much_o provoke_v he_o both_o by_o slay_v absalon_n against_o his_o express_a command_n and_o speak_v so_o rough_o and_o rude_o to_o he_o when_o he_o be_v in_o heaviness_n lament_v his_o death_n verse_n 14._o and_o he_o bow_v the_o heart_n of_o all_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n even_o as_o the_o heart_n of_o one_o man_n etc._n etc._n some_o understand_v this_o of_o amasa_n that_o upon_o this_o promise_n make_v to_o he_o by_o david_n he_o present_o incline_v the_o heart_n of_o all_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n to_o david_n so_o that_o unanimous_o they_o send_v to_o the_o king_n their_o desire_n that_o he_o shall_v return_v to_o jerusalem_n again_o and_o the_o tender_a of_o their_o fealty_n and_o allegiance_n to_o he_o as_o in_o former_a time_n but_o i_o rather_o think_v with_o other_o that_o this_o be_v speak_v of_o david_n and_o that_o it_o be_v mention_v as_o the_o happy_a effect_n of_o this_o his_o wise_a and_o gentle_a carriage_n of_o himself_o both_o towards_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n in_o general_a and_o amasa_n in_o particular_a namely_o that_o herewith_o he_o bow_v the_o heart_n of_o all_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n to_o desire_v unanimous_o to_o settle_v he_o again_o in_o the_o throne_n it_o may_v have_v cost_v a_o great_a deal_n of_o blood_n to_o have_v subdue_v they_o by_o force_n but_o by_o these_o tender_n of_o grace_n he_o bow_v their_o heart_n to_o he_o even_o according_a to_o his_o own_o desire_n verse_n 17._o and_o they_o go_v over_o jordan_n before_o the_o king_n that_o be_v before_o the_o king_n come_v over_o to_o wit_n to_o meet_v he_o there_o on_o the_o other_o side_n and_o to_o fetch_v he_o over_o verse_n 20._o i_o be_o come_v the_o first_o this_o day_n of_o all_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n to_o go_v down_o to_o meet_v my_o lord_n the_o king_n it_o may_v be_v just_o question_v why_o shimei_n who_o be_v of_o the_o tribe_n of_o benjamin_n chap._n 16.5_o shall_v here_o say_v i_o be_o come_v the_o first_o this_o day_n of_o all_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n but_o to_o this_o two_o answer_n may_v be_v give_v which_o have_v good_a evidence_n of_o reason_n in_o they_o to_o omit_v other_o that_o be_v not_o so_o satisfactory_a as_o these_o be_v to_o wit_n first_o that_o hereby_o be_v mean_v that_o he_o be_v the_o first_o of_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n that_o come_v to_o the_o king_n as_o consider_v apart_o from_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n the_o scripture_n be_v wont_v ordinary_o to_o divide_v the_o tribe_n into_o judah_n and_o israel_n and_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n so_o reckon_v a_o part_n from_o judah_n be_v usual_o call_v ephraim_n because_o that_o be_v the_o chief_a of_o those_o tribe_n as_o esa_n 7.2_o syria_n be_v confederate_a with_o ephraim_n and_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n psal_n 80.1_o give_v ear_n o_o shepherd_n of_o israel_n thou_o that_o lead_v joseph_n like_o a_o flock_n and_o zach._n 10.6_o i_o will_v strengthen_v the_o house_n of_o judah_n and_o i_o will_v save_v the_o house_n of_o joseph_n and_o so_o here_o in_o the_o same_o regard_n all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n as_o distinguish_v from_o judah_n be_v comprehend_v under_o these_o word_n the_o house_n of_o joseph_n or_o second_o that_o hereby_o be_v mean_v that_o he_o be_v come_v before_o any_o of_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n i_o be_o come_v the_o first_o this_o day_n of_o all_o the_o house_n of_o joseph_n that_o be_v i_o be_o come_v before_o any_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n and_o because_o indeed_o where_o judah_n and_o israel_n or_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n be_v distinguish_v in_o the_o scripture_n benjamin_n be_v usual_o reckon_v with_o judah_n therefore_o many_o expositor_n do_v rather_o approve_v of_o this_o last_o resolution_n of_o this_o doubt_n verse_n 22._o and_o david_n say_v what_o have_v i_o to_o do_v with_o you_o you_o son_n of_o zeruiah_n that_o you_o shall_v this_o day_n be_v adversary_n unto_o i_o that_o be_v that_o you_o shall_v advise_v i_o to_o that_o which_o may_v prove_v so_o exceed_o prejudicial_a to_o i_o my_o adversary_n can_v not_o wish_v i_o more_o hurt_n than_o this_o which_o you_o advise_v may_v bring_v upon_o i_o for_o do_v not_o i_o know_v that_o i_o be_o this_o day_n king_n over_o israel_n that_o be_v be_o i_o not_o this_o day_n reestablish_v again_o in_o my_o kingdom_n which_o i_o have_v in_o a_o manner_n lose_v and_o will_v it_o be_v convenient_a to_o damp_n the_o joy_n of_o this_o day_n with_o shed_v blood_n or_o will_v it_o be_v safe_a to_o beat_v off_o they_o that_o begin_v now_o to_o submit_v themselves_o and_o to_o endanger_v my_o yet_o unsettled_a estate_n by_o show_v such_o severity_n to_o he_o that_o first_o stoop_v and_o acknowledge_v his_o fault_n and_o shall_v not_o god_n mercy_n in_o restore_v i_o to_o my_o kingdom_n induce_v i_o to_o show_v mercy_n to_o other_o verse_n 23._o therefore_o the_o king_n say_v unto_o shimei_n thou_o shall_v not_o die_v and_o the_o king_n swear_v unto_o he_o yet_o at_o his_o death_n he_o give_v solomon_n charge_v to_o put_v he_o to_o death_n 1._o king_n 2.9_o his_o hoar_a head_n bring_v thou_o down_o to_o the_o grave_n with_o blood_n as_o persuade_v himself_o happy_o that_o therein_o he_o shall_v not_o break_v his_o oath_n first_o because_o he_o swear_v only_o for_o himself_o that_o he_o will_v not_o put_v he_o to_o death_n i_o swear_v to_o he_o by_o the_o lord_n say_v i_o will_v not_o put_v thou_o to_o death_n second_o because_o he_o do_v not_o as_o it_o may_v seem_v absolute_o enjoin_v his_o son_n to_o put_v he_o to_o death_n for_o this_o fact_n but_o to_o take_v some_o other_o occasion_n to_o do_v it_o for_o so_o much_o those_o word_n seem_v to_o imply_v which_o there_o he_o use_v thou_o be_v a_o wise_a man_n and_o know_v what_o thou_o ought_v to_o do_v unto_o he_o namely_o that_o if_o he_o watch_v and_o observe_v he_o well_o his_o malice_n and_o wickedness_n will_v break_v forth_o and_o give_v occasion_n enough_o in_o somewhat_o or_o other_o to_o proceed_v against_o he_o
some_o other_o action_n of_o disloyalty_n towards_o david_n which_o be_v not_o express_v in_o the_o scripture_n but_o more_o probable_a it_o be_v either_o that_o it_o be_v mean_v of_o joabs_n insolency_n towards_o he_o in_o general_a of_o which_o he_o often_o complain_v as_o 2._o sam._n 3.39_o and_o i_o be_o this_o day_n weak_a though_o anoint_a king_n and_o these_o man_n the_o son_n of_o zeruiah_n be_v too_o hard_a for_o i_o or_o else_o of_o that_o which_o here_o follow_v his_o treacherous_a kill_a abner_n and_o amasa_n wherein_o david_n profess_v himself_o to_o have_v be_v much_o wrong_v first_o because_o good_a prince_n look_v upon_o the_o injury_n do_v to_o their_o subject_n as_o do_v to_o themselves_o and_o so_o do_v christ_n act_v 9.9_o and_o he_o fall_v to_o the_o earth_n and_o hear_v a_o voice_n say_v unto_o he_o saul_n saul_n why_o persecute_v thou_o i_o second_o because_o david_n have_v engage_v his_o faith_n both_o to_o abner_n and_o amasa_n that_o they_o shall_v be_v safe_a so_o that_o it_o redound_v much_o to_o his_o dishonour_n when_o they_o be_v afterward_o so_o treacherous_o slay_v it_o be_v enough_o to_o make_v the_o people_n think_v that_o he_o have_v secret_o a_o hand_n in_o it_o however_o these_o thing_n he_o allege_v here_o against_o joab_n both_o to_o show_v how_o just_o solomon_n may_v put_v he_o to_o death_n though_o he_o have_v spare_v he_o as_o also_o to_o imply_v how_o dangerous_a it_o be_v for_o solomon_n to_o let_v he_o live_v how_o ill-affected_a he_o be_v towards_o he_o be_v evident_a by_o his_o conspiracy_n with_o adonijah_n and_o what_o mischief_n may_v not_o be_v fear_v from_o he_o that_o have_v his_o hand_n already_o so_o foul_o imbrue_v in_o blood_n now_o to_o aggravate_v his_o murder_n of_o these_o two_o captain_n he_o say_v first_o that_o he_o shed_v the_o blood_n of_o war_n in_o peace_n that_o be_v when_o there_o be_v peace_n make_v with_o they_o he_o slay_v they_o as_o if_o they_o have_v be_v in_o open_a hostility_n against_o david_n and_o second_o that_o he_o put_v the_o blood_n of_o war_n upon_o his_o girdle_n that_o be_v about_o his_o loin_n and_o in_o his_o shoe_n that_o be_v on_o his_o foot_n to_o wit_n when_o embrace_v they_o he_o stab_v they_o with_o the_o sword_n that_o hang_v at_o his_o girdle_n and_o so_o they_o fall_v down_o dead_a at_o his_o foot_n and_o this_o expression_n i_o conceive_v be_v use_v in_o describe_v these_o his_o impious_a fact_n either_o to_o set_v forth_o the_o base_a perfidious_a manner_n of_o his_o murder_v they_o to_o wit_n that_o stab_v they_o when_o he_o pretend_v to_o embrace_v they_o their_o blood_n by_o that_o mean_n gush_v out_o upon_o his_o girdle_n and_o run_v down_o upon_o his_o shoe_n or_o else_o his_o boldness_n and_o impudency_n in_o that_o he_o be_v not_o ashamed_a thus_o treacherous_o to_o slay_v himself_o with_o the_o blood_n of_o these_o man_n but_o do_v rather_o glory_v in_o it_o go_v up_o and_o down_o with_o their_o blood_n upon_o his_o girdle_n or_o upon_o his_o sword_n hang_v at_o his_o girdle_n which_o he_o have_v put_v up_o all_o bloody_a into_o the_o scabbard_n and_o so_o also_o on_o the_o shoe_n he_o wear_v stain_v with_o their_o blood_n verse_n 6._o do_v therefore_o according_a to_o thy_o wisdom_n and_o let_v not_o his_o hoar_a head_n go_v down_o to_o the_o grave_n in_o peace_n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v be_v sure_a to_o cut_v he_o off_o and_o let_v the_o blood_n of_o abner_n and_o amasa_n be_v return_v into_o his_o own_o bosom_n for_o the_o time_n and_o occasion_n of_o do_v this_o that_o must_v be_v leave_v to_o thy_o own_o wisdom_n wherein_o do_v as_o thou_o fee_v cause_n a_o man_n he_o be_v of_o a_o turbulent_a spirit_n and_o will_v soon_o some_o way_n or_o other_o give_v the_o occasion_n enough_o to_o take_v away_o his_o life_n and_o therefore_o observe_v he_o wise_o and_o take_v the_o occasion_n as_o it_o shall_v be_v offer_v to_o thou_o only_o be_v sure_a it_o be_v do_v some_o time_n or_o other_o let_v not_o his_o hoar_a head_n go_v down_o to_o the_o grave_n in_o peace_n where_o also_o he_o mention_n his_o hoar_a head_n to_o intimate_v that_o he_o will_v not_o have_v he_o spare_v for_o his_o old_a age_n lest_o solomon_n shall_v think_v alas_o he_o have_v not_o long_o to_o live_v by_o the_o ordinary_a course_n of_o nature_n let_v he_o alone_o and_o within_o a_o while_n he_o will_v die_v of_o himself_o and_o then_o the_o world_n will_v be_v rid_v of_o he_o to_o prevent_v this_o david_n express_v his_o charge_n thus_o that_o his_o hoar_a head_n must_v not_o go_v down_o to_o the_o grave_n in_o peace_n but_o why_o do_v not_o david_n cut_v off_o joab_n himself_o but_o put_v it_o now_o upon_o his_o son_n solomon_n i_o answer_v first_o because_o joab_n have_v always_o be_v faithful_a to_o david_n whereas_o he_o have_v already_o show_v his_o ill_a will_n to_o solomon_n by_o side_v with_o adonijah_n against_o he_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v now_o more_o dangerous_a to_o let_v he_o live_v second_o david_n can_v never_o so_o well_o do_v it_o as_o now_o solomon_n may_v in_o his_o young_a year_n joab_n have_v more_o power_n and_o esteem_v among_o the_o soldiery_n of_o the_o kingdom_n who_o general_a he_o be_v than_o he_o have_v now_o in_o his_o old_a age_n especial_o since_o he_o have_v lose_v his_o credit_n so_o much_o among_o they_o by_o conspire_v with_o adonijah_n against_o his_o bedrid_a father_n and_o beside_o david_n be_v continual_o encumber_a with_o war_n be_v thereby_o constrain_v to_o comply_v with_o joab_n in_o regard_n of_o his_o great_a authority_n and_o power_n among_o the_o soldier_n which_o solomon_n in_o regard_n of_o the_o peaceablenesse_n of_o his_o reign_n of_o which_o god_n have_v assure_v david_n will_v have_v no_o need_n to_o do_v and_o therefore_o though_o david_n dare_v not_o proceed_v against_o he_o the_o son_n of_o zeruiah_n say_v he_o be_v too_o hard_a for_o i_o 2_o sam._n 3.39_o yet_o solomon_n may_v safe_o enough_o do_v it_o and_o three_o though_o david_n fail_v in_o spare_v joab_n yet_o now_o at_o his_o death_n he_o repent_v he_o of_o it_o and_o so_o enjoin_v his_o son_n to_o do_v that_o which_o he_o have_v neglect_v to_o do_v verse_n 7._o for_o so_o they_o come_v to_o i_o when_o i_o flee_v because_o of_o absalon_n thy_o brother_n this_o word_n so_o have_v reference_n to_o that_o he_o say_v before_o let_v they_o be_v of_o those_o that_o eat_v at_o thy_o table_n it_o be_v as_o if_o he_o have_v say_v they_o show_v i_o the_o very_a same_o kindness_n which_o i_o desire_v thou_o shall_v show_v to_o they_o they_o bring_v for_o i_o and_o my_o follower_n when_o i_o be_v in_o distress_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v no_o less_o than_o just_a that_o thou_o shall_v always_o bid_v they_o welcome_a to_o thy_o table_n verse_n 8._o thou_o have_v with_o thou_o shimei_n the_o son_n of_o gera_n a_o benjamite_n of_o bahurim_n which_o curse_v i_o with_o a_o grievous_a curse_n etc._n etc._n david_n call_v the_o revile_v and_o the_o reproachful_a speech_n of_o shimei_n against_o he_o a_o grievous_a curse_n first_o because_o he_o call_v he_o a_o bloody_a man_n and_o do_v in_o effect_n say_v that_o he_o have_v be_v the_o cause_n of_o the_o death_n of_o saul_n and_o all_o his_o son_n and_o to_o he_o that_o know_v what_o a_o grievous_a sin_n bloodshed_n be_v and_o that_o be_v deep_o at_o that_o time_n wound_v for_o shed_v the_o blood_n of_o uriah_n and_o other_o though_o he_o be_v innocent_a in_o regard_n of_o that_o he_o charge_v he_o with_o concern_v saul_n and_o his_o son_n it_o must_v needs_o be_v very_o grievous_a to_o have_v such_o a_o aspersion_n cast_v upon_o he_o second_o because_o he_o call_v he_o a_o man_n of_o belial_n a_o ungracious_a wretch_n that_o have_v no_o fear_n of_o god_n in_o he_o and_o to_o a_o man_n of_o so_o tender_a a_o conscience_n as_o david_n be_v how_o bitter_a must_v this_o need_v be_v and_o three_o because_o he_o upbraid_v he_o with_o the_o rebellion_n of_o his_o son_n absalon_n as_o the_o just_a curse_n and_o vengeance_n of_o god_n upon_o he_o for_o the_o wrong_n he_o have_v do_v to_o saul_n his_o father-in-law_n than_o which_o nothing_o can_v possible_o wound_v his_o heart_n more_o deep_o 2._o sam._n 16.7_o 8._o come_v out_o come_v out_o then_o bloody_a man_n thou_o man_n of_o belial_n the_o lord_n have_v return_v upon_o thou_o all_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o house_n of_o saul_n etc._n etc._n now_o however_o afterward_o this_o shimei_n come_v and_o faun_v upon_o david_n yet_o consider_v how_o bitter_o he_o have_v vent_v his_o spleen_n against_o david_n in_o the_o time_n of_o his_o distress_n he_o be_v exceed_v jealous_a lest_o encourage_v by_o
come_v to_o the_o crown_n of_o judah_n and_o have_v a_o while_n continue_v the_o war_n against_o ahab_n with_o good_a success_n 2._o chron._n 17.1_o 2_o 3._o and_o jehoshaphat_n his_o son_n reign_v in_o his_o stead_n and_o strengthen_v himself_o against_o israel_n and_o he_o place_v forceâ—_n in_o all_o the_o fence_a city_n of_o judah_n etc._n etc._n and_o the_o lord_n be_v with_o jehoshaphat_n because_o he_o walk_v in_o the_o first_o way_n of_o his_o father_n david_n fear_v it_o seem_v lest_o their_o division_n may_v expose_v they_o both_o to_o the_o prevail_a power_n of_o the_o syrian_n who_o begin_v in_o in_o these_o time_n to_o encroach_v upon_o they_o he_o judge_v it_o the_o best_a policy_n to_o put_v a_o end_n to_o these_o war_n betwixt_o they_o and_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n and_o so_o make_v a_o firm_a league_n with_o ahab_n and_o make_v also_o a_o match_n betwixt_o his_o son_n joram_n and_o athaliah_n the_o daughter_n of_o ahab_n 2._o chron._n 18.1_o and_o 21.6_o and_o hereupon_o it_o be_v that_o jehoshaphat_n go_v down_o to_o visit_v ahab_n who_o with_o great_a cost_n and_o state_n entertain_v and_o feast_v both_o he_o and_o his_o follower_n 2._o chron._n 18.2_o ahab_n kill_v sheep_n and_o ox_n in_o abundance_n for_o jehoshapat_o and_o for_o the_o people_n that_o be_v with_o he_o verse_n 3._o and_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n say_v unto_o his_o servant_n know_v you_o that_o ramoth_n in_o gilead_n be_v we_o etc._n etc._n one_o article_n in_o the_o league_n which_o three_o year_n since_o ahab_n have_v make_v with_o benhadad_a be_v that_o he_o shall_v restore_v all_o the_o city_n of_o israel_n which_o be_v in_o his_o possession_n chap._n 20.34_o and_o benhadad_a say_v unto_o he_o the_o city_n which_o my_o father_n take_v from_o thy_o father_n i_o will_v restore_v but_o ramoth_n gilead_n it_o seem_v he_o be_v loath_a to_o part_v with_o and_o therefore_o now_o ahab_n enter_v into_o consultation_n to_o recover_v it_o by_o fort_n since_o he_o will_v not_o by_o fair_a mean_n yield_v it_o up_o to_o he_o it_o be_v a_o goodly_a city_n and_o beside_o it_o belong_v to_o the_o levite_n and_o be_v a_o city_n of_o refuge_n josh_n 21.38_o and_o therefore_o no_o wonder_n though_o he_o be_v unwilling_a that_o it_o shall_v be_v any_o long_o in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o syrian_n verse_n 6._o then_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n gather_v the_o prophet_n together_o about_o four_o hundred_o man_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n his_o baalitish_n false_a prophet_n who_o be_v the_o great_a supporter_n of_o that_o linsey_n woolsey_n religion_n that_o be_v now_o in_o fashion_n among_o the_o israelite_n pretend_v themselves_o the_o prophet_n of_o the_o lord_n jehovah_n the_o god_n of_o israel_n and_o yet_o withal_o the_o priest_n of_o baal_n as_o by_o the_o number_n we_o may_v guess_v perhaps_o they_o be_v those_o four_o hundred_o prophet_n of_o the_o grove_n which_o be_v reserve_v from_o appear_v to_o elijah_n challenge_v chap._n 18.19_o 20._o however_o they_o be_v doubtless_o of_o baal_n false_a prophet_n for_o such_o jehoshaphat_n know_v they_o to_o be_v and_o therefore_o can_v not_o rest_v in_o their_o prediction_n vers_fw-la 7._o and_o jehoshaphat_n say_v be_v there_o not_o here_o a_o prophet_n of_o the_o lord_n beside_o that_o we_o may_v inquire_v of_o he_o verse_n 8._o and_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n say_v unto_o jehoshaphat_n there_o be_v yet_o one_o man_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n in_o samaria_n who_o i_o can_v present_o send_v for_o this_o word_n yet_o may_v have_v reference_n either_o to_o those_o prophet_n that_o have_v prophesy_v good_a success_n to_o ahab_n to_o wit_n that_o beside_o those_o there_o be_v one_o man_n a_o prophet_n of_o the_o lord_n or_o else_o to_o the_o true_a prophet_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o wit_n that_o though_o they_o be_v all_o in_o a_o manner_n slay_v or_o flee_v there_o be_v yet_o one_o man_n leave_v namely_o micaiah_n the_o son_n of_o imlah_n etc._n etc._n and_o jehoshaphat_n say_v let_v not_o the_o king_n say_v so_o as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v we_o must_v not_o say_v we_o hate_v the_o prophet_n of_o the_o lord_n because_o they_o speak_v that_o which_o please_v we_o not_o if_o he_o be_v a_o faithful_a prophet_n of_o the_o lord_n he_o must_v speak_v the_o truth_n what_o ever_o it_o be_v and_o god_n forbid_v the_o king_n shall_v say_v that_o for_o that_o he_o hate_v he_o verse_n 11._o and_o zedekiah_n the_o son_n of_o chenaaenah_n make_v he_o horn_n of_o iron_n etc._n etc._n whereby_o be_v signify_v the_o power_n of_o these_o two_o king_n that_o be_v now_o to_o go_v against_o the_o syrian_n for_o the_o recovery_n of_o ramoth_n gilead_n verse_n 13._o let_v thy_o word_n i_o pray_v thou_o be_v like_o the_o word_n of_o one_o of_o they_o etc._n etc._n this_o the_o messenger_n that_o come_v for_o micaiah_n may_v say_v first_o out_o of_o a_o kind_n of_o carnal_a courtesy_n as_o wish_v well_o to_o the_o prophet_n and_o second_o out_o of_o some_o special_a desire_n he_o have_v that_o the_o war_n shall_v go_v forward_o verse_n 15._o and_o he_o answer_v he_o go_v and_o prosper_v etc._n etc._n this_o micaiah_n speak_v ironical_o not_o to_o deceive_v ahab_n for_o we_o see_v he_o speak_v these_o word_n after_o such_o a_o manner_n that_o ahab_n himself_o perceive_v he_o mean_v not_o what_o he_o say_v but_o by_o way_n of_o deride_v the_o false_a prophet_n who_o have_v all_o return_v this_o please_a answer_n to_o ahab_n and_o to_o intimate_v that_o he_o know_v well_o enough_o that_o the_o king_n will_v not_o be_v please_v unless_o he_o say_v the_o same_o that_o they_o do_v and_o therefore_o micaiah_n say_v not_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n go_v and_o prosper_v etc._n etc._n but_o in_o a_o tone_n of_o derision_n go_v and_o prosper_v for_o the_o lord_n shall_v deliver_v it_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o king_n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v you_o have_v best_o go_v as_o your_o prophet_n advise_v you_o they_o all_o tell_v you_o that_o your_o expedition_n against_o ramoth_n gilead_n shall_v be_v prosperous_a and_o that_o the_o lord_n shall_v deliver_v it_o into_o your_o hand_n and_o can_v you_o question_v the_o truth_n of_o such_o oracle_n indeed_o i_o know_v well_o that_o iâ—_n shall_v not_o be_v so_o but_o if_o i_o tell_v you_o the_o truth_n i_o know_v you_o will_v not_o believe_v i_o and_o therefore_o since_o you_o desire_v to_o be_v deceive_v be_v deceive_v go_v and_o prosper_v etc._n etc._n this_o be_v that_o which_o micaiah_n intend_v and_o the_o like_a ironical_a expression_n we_o have_v in_o other_o place_n as_o that_o gen._n 3.22_o concern_v our_o first_o parent_n when_o they_o by_o sin_n be_v fall_v from_o that_o bless_a estate_n wherein_o god_n have_v create_v they_o behold_v the_o man_n be_v become_v like_o one_o of_o we_o to_o know_v good_a and_o evil_n and_o that_o of_o elijah_n to_o baal_n priest_n 1._o king_n 18.27_o cry_v aloud_o for_o he_o be_v a_o god_n either_o he_o be_v talk_v or_o he_o be_v pursue_v or_o he_o be_v in_o a_o journey_n or_o peradventure_o he_o sleep_v and_o must_v be_v awake_v and_o that_o of_o solomon_n eccles_n 11.9_o rejoice_v o_o young_a man_n in_o thy_o youth_n and_o let_v thy_o heart_n cheer_v thou_o in_o the_o day_n of_o thy_o youth_n and_o walk_v in_o the_o way_n of_o thy_o heart_n and_o in_o the_o sight_n of_o thy_o eye_n verse_n 17._o and_o he_o say_v i_o see_v all_o israel_n scatter_v upon_o the_o hill_n as_o sheep_n that_o have_v not_o a_o shepherd_n etc._n etc._n hereby_o be_v intimate_v that_o ahab_n shall_v be_v slay_v and_o his_o army_n rout_v this_o expression_n of_o be_v scatter_v upon_o the_o hill_n be_v use_v because_o in_o that_o country_n when_o they_o seek_v to_o escape_v the_o enemy_n that_o pursue_v they_o they_o use_v to_o fly_v to_o the_o hill_n and_o mountain_n there_o to_o hide_v themselves_o whence_o be_v that_o matth._n 24.16_o then_o let_v they_o which_o be_v in_o judea_n flee_v into_o the_o mountain_n verse_n 18._o do_v i_o not_o tell_v thou_o that_o he_o will_v prophesy_v no_o good_a concern_v i_o but_o evil_a by_o these_o word_n ahab_n seek_v to_o intimate_v to_o jehoshaphat_n that_o he_o shall_v not_o be_v trouble_v with_o these_o word_n of_o micaiah_n but_o conceive_v of_o they_o as_o speak_v as_o he_o have_v beforehand_o say_v he_o will_v do_v out_o of_o hatred_n and_o malice_n against_o he_o and_o indeed_o happy_o hereby_o it_o be_v that_o jehoshaphat_n be_v deceive_v and_o so_o go_v with_o ahab_n though_o micaiah_n have_v foretell_v the_o death_n of_o ahab_n and_o dispersion_n of_o his_o army_n verse_n 19_o and_o he_o say_v hear_v thou_o therefore_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n this_o word_n therefore_o have_v relation_n to_o that_o which_o ahab_n say_v to_o
many_o be_v not_o since_o they_o be_v all_o my_o lord_n servant_n and_o ready_a always_o to_o be_v employ_v in_o thy_o service_n verse_n 4._o joab_n depart_v and_o go_v throughout_o all_o israel_n and_o come_v to_o jerusalem_n to_o wit_n after_o nine_o month_n and_o twenty_o day_n 2._o sam._n 24.8_o verse_n 5._o and_o all_o they_o of_o israel_n be_v a_o thousand_o thousand_o and_o a_o hundred_o thousand_o etc._n etc._n see_v 2._o sam._n 24.9_o verse_n 6._o but_o levi_n and_o benjamin_n count_v he_o not_o among_o they_o for_o the_o king_n word_n be_v abominable_a to_o joab_n that_o be_v because_o what_o joab_n do_v in_o this_o business_n he_o do_v it_o altogether_o against_o his_o mind_n and_o in_o a_o manner_n be_v force_v to_o do_v it_o therefore_o these_o two_o tribe_n he_o leave_v unnumbered_a embolden_v herein_o by_o the_o pretence_n he_o may_v make_v for_o it_o as_o for_o levi_n that_o the_o enquiry_n be_v only_o to_o know_v the_o number_n of_o those_o that_o be_v fit_a for_o war_n there_o be_v no_o need_n of_o take_v the_o number_n of_o that_o tribe_n and_o for_o benjamin_n jerusalem_n be_v the_o chief_a city_n of_o that_o tribe_n the_o number_n of_o they_o may_v be_v take_v there_o and_o that_o afterward_o at_o more_o leisure_n as_o likewise_o because_o the_o plague_n be_v begin_v c._n 27.24_o verse_n 7._o and_o god_n be_v displease_v with_o this_o thing_n therefore_o he_o smite_v israel_n concern_v these_o follow_a passage_n unto_o the_o 18._o verse_n see_v the_o note_n 2._o sam._n 24.10_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 18._o set_a up_o a_o altar_n unto_o the_o lord_n in_o the_o thresh_a floor_n of_o ornan_n the_o jebusite_n see_v 2._o sam._n 24.17_o and_o thus_o the_o lord_n do_v both_o begin_v the_o discovery_n of_o his_o purpose_n to_o david_n that_o this_o be_v the_o place_n wherein_o he_o will_v have_v the_o temple_n build_v see_v chap._n 22.1_o and_o also_o bring_v the_o people_n to_o make_v the_o more_o precious_a account_n and_o the_o more_o reverent_o to_o esteem_v of_o that_o place_n by_o cause_v that_o sacrifice_n to_o be_v offer_v there_o whereby_o this_o grievous_a plague_n be_v stay_v in_o which_o so_o many_o thousand_o in_o so_o short_a a_o time_n have_v be_v take_v away_o yea_o happy_o at_o this_o very_a time_n the_o lord_n make_v know_v to_o david_n by_o gad_n that_o in_o that_o place_n the_o temple_n shall_v be_v build_v which_o seem_v the_o more_o probable_a because_o david_n will_v needs_o purchase_v the_o thresh_a floor_n of_o ornan_n which_o he_o need_v not_o have_v do_v if_o he_o have_v not_o intend_v to_o set_v it_o apart_o for_o god_n service_n in_o future_a time_n also_o verse_n 25._o so_o david_n give_v to_o ornan_n for_o the_o place_n six_o hundred_o shekel_n of_o gold_n by_o weight_n see_v 2._o sam._n 24.24_o verse_n 26._o and_o he_o answer_v he_o from_o heaven_n by_o fire_n upon_o the_o altar_n of_o burnt-offering_a a_o sign_n both_o of_o god_n accept_v of_o his_o sacrifice_n and_o grant_v his_o desire_n for_o the_o stay_n of_o the_o plague_n and_o likewise_o of_o his_o purpose_n to_o have_v that_o place_n set_v apart_o for_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n verse_n 30._o but_o david_n can_v not_o go_v before_o it_o to_o inquire_v of_o god_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v add_v to_o show_v the_o reason_n both_o why_o david_n do_v not_o of_o himself_o go_v present_o to_o gibeon_n when_o he_o see_v the_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n stand_v with_o a_o draw_a sword_n threaten_v jerusalem_n that_o there_o he_o may_v offer_v up_o sacrifice_n to_o appease_v his_o wrath_n but_o only_o fall_v down_o and_o pray_v unto_o he_o and_o also_o why_o the_o lord_n do_v not_o send_v he_o to_o gibeon_n to_o sacrifice_v when_o he_o mean_v to_o accept_v a_o sacrifice_n for_o the_o stay_n of_o the_o plague_n concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n 1._o sam._n 24.18_o chap._n xxii_o verse_n 1._o then_o david_n say_v this_o be_v the_o house_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n and_o this_o be_v the_o altar_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v this_o be_v the_o place_n of_o which_o god_n speak_v long_o since_o by_o his_o servant_n moses_n where_o he_o intend_v to_o have_v a_o house_n build_v which_o must_v be_v the_o settle_a place_n of_o his_o worship_n and_o service_n and_o where_o there_o must_v be_v a_o altar_n instead_o of_o this_o i_o have_v now_o set_v up_o wherein_o only_o they_o must_v offer_v up_o sacrifice_n unto_o he_o deut._n 12.11_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o place_n which_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n shall_v choose_v to_o cause_v his_o name_n to_o dwell_v there_o thither_o shall_v you_o bring_v all_o that_o i_o command_v you_o your_o burn_a offering_n and_o your_o sacrifice_n etc._n etc._n and_o this_o david_n know_v either_o by_o the_o discovery_n of_o the_o prophet_n gad_n who_o happy_o acquaint_v he_o with_o god_n purpose_n herein_o or_o else_o through_o the_o special_a instinct_n of_o god_n spirit_n himself_o gather_v so_o much_o from_o god_n send_v he_o to_o sacrifice_v there_o and_o from_o god_n miraculous_a testify_v his_o acceptance_n of_o the_o service_n there_o do_v he_o by_o send_v fire_n from_o heaven_n to_o consume_v the_o sacrifice_n chap._n 21.26_o 28._o verse_n 2._o and_o david_n command_v to_o gather_v together_o the_o stranger_n that_o be_v in_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n and_o he_o set_v mason_n to_o hew_v etc._n etc._n and_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n by_o the_o help_n of_o stranger_n be_v a_o notable_a type_n of_o the_o call_n of_o the_o gentile_n as_o for_o david_n that_o set_v they_o on_o work_n he_o have_v receive_v from_o god_n the_o pattern_n whereby_o the_o temple_n be_v to_o be_v build_v and_o every_o part_n thereof_o chap._n 28.11_o 12_o 19_o and_o according_o therefore_o he_o prepare_v many_o material_n and_o set_v these_o workman_n on_o work_n about_o they_o to_o which_o solomon_n afterward_o add_v what_o be_v not_o do_v when_o he_o come_v to_o enter_v upon_o the_o work_n 1._o king_n 5.17_o 18._o verse_n 3._o and_o brass_n in_o abundance_n without_o weight_n so_o much_o that_o they_o weigh_v it_o not_o it_o will_v have_v be_v too_o great_a a_o trouble_n and_o charge_n to_o receive_v it_o in_o and_o deliver_v it_o out_o by_o weight_n verse_n 5._o and_o david_n say_v solomon_n my_o son_n be_v young_a and_o tender_a etc._n etc._n see_v 1_o king_n 3.7_o verse_n 8._o thou_o have_v shed_v blood_n abundant_o and_o have_v make_v great_a war_n thou_o shall_v not_o build_v a_o house_n unto_o my_o name_n etc._n etc._n because_o the_o temple_n be_v to_o be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o the_o church_n and_o christ_n be_v the_o king_n of_o peace_n heb._n 7.2_o and_o the_o church_n be_v to_o be_v gather_v not_o by_o war_n and_o bloodshedding_n but_o by_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n the_o tiding_n of_o peace_n therefore_o the_o lord_n will_v not_o have_v the_o temple_n build_v by_o david_n but_o by_o solomon_n who_o be_v a_o peaceable_a prince_n this_o be_v doubtless_o the_o principal_a ground_n of_o this_o reason_n give_v why_o david_n may_v not_o build_v the_o temple_n as_o be_v evident_a because_o there_o be_v mention_n of_o the_o war_n of_o david_n in_o the_o prosecution_n whereof_o david_n do_v god_n good_a service_n yet_o withal_o because_o david_n be_v the_o cause_n of_o shed_v the_o blood_n of_o urijah_n and_o those_o that_o be_v slay_v with_o he_o the_o lord_n may_v also_o have_v respect_n to_o that_o and_o by_o way_n of_o correction_n for_o it_o to_o show_v how_o displease_v it_o be_v to_o he_o may_v take_v in_o that_o among_o the_o reason_n why_o david_n may_v not_o have_v the_o honour_n to_o build_v the_o temple_n verse_n 10._o he_o shall_v build_v a_o house_n for_o my_o name_n etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n upon_o 2._o sam._n 7.13_o 14._o and_o i_o will_v establish_v the_o throne_n of_o his_o kingdom_n over_o israel_n for_o ever_o a_o great_a question_n may_v be_v make_v how_o this_o promise_n make_v to_o david_n concern_v his_o son_n solomon_n be_v accomplish_v in_o solomon_n posterity_n especial_o if_o we_o hold_v that_o which_o many_o eminent_a divine_n do_v with_o much_o earnestness_n maintain_v namely_o that_o christ_n be_v not_o the_o son_n of_o david_n by_o solomon_n but_o by_o nathan_n it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o none_o of_o the_o posterity_n of_o solomon_n do_v ever_o sit_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o david_n after_o zedekiah_n be_v carry_v captive_a into_o babylon_n nor_o yet_o ever_o have_v the_o supreme_a power_n of_o government_n after_o they_o return_v from_o babylon_n again_o now_o therefore_o if_o this_o promise_n be_v not_o make_v good_a in_o the_o eternity_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n than_o it_o seem_v it_o be_v not_o make_v good_a at_o all_o but_o to_o this_o i_o answer_v first_o that_o by_o the_o
be_v afterward_o express_v verse_n 24._o and_o shebuell_v the_o son_n of_o gershom_n the_o son_n of_o moses_n be_v ruler_n of_o the_o treasure_n that_o be_v the_o treasure_n of_o the_o dedicate_v thing_n not_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o house_n of_o god_n to_o wit_n the_o holy_a vestment_n and_o vessel_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v in_o the_o custody_n of_o jehiel_n and_o his_o son_n as_o be_v before_o note_a vers_fw-la 21_o 22._o but_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o dedicate_v thing_n which_o be_v in_o the_o custody_n of_o shelomith_n and_o his_o brethren_n vers_fw-la 25_o 26._o over_o who_o this_o shebuell_n be_v the_o ruler_n verse_n 25._o and_o his_o brethren_n by_o eliezer_n rehabiah_n his_o son_n and_o jeshaiah_n his_o his_n son_n etc._n etc._n the_o meaning_n be_v that_o all_o these_o be_v the_o son_n of_o eliezer_n verse_n 29._o of_o the_o izrahites_n chenaniah_n and_o his_o son_n be_v for_o the_o outward_a business_n over_o israel_n etc._n etc._n beside_o those_o levite_n that_o attend_v on_o the_o priest_n in_o their_o service_n and_o the_o porter_n and_o singer_n there_o be_v six_o thousand_o that_o be_v disperse_v throughout_o the_o land_n for_o officer_n and_o judge_n chap._n 23.4_o who_o charge_n be_v for_o the_o outward_a business_n over_o israel_n that_o be_v to_o take_v care_n of_o those_o thing_n that_o be_v to_o be_v do_v abroad_o out_o of_o the_o temple_n as_o to_o give_v judgement_n in_o matter_n of_o doubt_n concern_v the_o law_n to_o train_v up_o the_o young_a levites_n in_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o law_n to_o look_v to_o the_o gather_n and_o receive_v of_o such_o money_n as_o be_v to_o be_v collect_v among_o the_o people_n for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n as_o when_o they_o be_v number_v and_o upon_o other_o occasion_n and_o to_o make_v provision_n throughout_o the_o land_n for_o wood_n and_o all_o other_o provision_n necessary_a for_o the_o sacrifice_n and_o all_o other_o service_n for_o the_o temple_n and_o these_o be_v some_o of_o the_o family_n of_o the_o izharites_n and_o some_o of_o the_o hebronites_n vers_fw-la 30.31_o and_o because_o there_o the_o number_n of_o the_o hebronites_n be_v express_v and_o where_o there_o charge_n lie_v to_o wit_n that_o seventeen_o hundred_o be_v officer_n among_o they_o of_o israel_n on_o this_o side_n jordan_n westward_o vers_fw-la 30._o and_o two_o thousand_o seven_o hundred_o without_o jordan_n eastward_o vers_fw-la 31_o 32._o it_o may_v be_v probable_o infer_v that_o there_o be_v of_o the_o izharites_fw-la sixteen_o hundred_o which_o make_v up_o the_o just_a number_n of_o the_o six_o thousand_o judge_n and_o officer_n mention_v chap._n 23.4_o and_o that_o all_o these_o be_v employ_v under_o chenaniah_n the_o chief_a of_o they_o within_o jordan_n westward_o because_o otherwise_o there_o will_v be_v far_o more_o employ_v among_o the_o two_o tribe_n and_o a_o half_a without_o jordan_n then_o in_o all_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n beside_o verse_n 30._o a_o thousand_o and_o seven_o hundred_o be_v officer_n among_o they_o of_o israel_n on_o this_o side_n jordan_n westward_o in_o all_o business_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o in_o the_o service_n of_o the_o king_n that_o be_v in_o provide_v such_o sacrifice_n as_o the_o king_n offer_v which_o be_v indeed_o many_o upon_o many_o occasion_n or_o by_o the_o service_n of_o the_o king_n may_v be_v mean_v the_o service_n they_o do_v for_o the_o temple_n only_o with_o respect_n to_o the_o king_n command_n and_o jurisdiction_n or_o the_o put_n of_o the_o king_n decree_n in_o execution_n for_o the_o observe_n of_o god_n law_n for_o other_o officer_n the_o king_n have_v that_o be_v employ_v in_o the_o king_n civil_a affair_n verse_n 31._o among_o the_o hebronites_n be_v jerijah_n the_o chief_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v among_o those_o hebronites_n that_o be_v without_o jordan_n and_o there_o be_v find_v among_o they_o mighty_a man_n of_o valour_n at_o jazer_n of_o gilead_n where_o there_o number_n be_v take_v verse_n 32._o and_o his_o brethren_n man_n of_o valour_n be_v two_o thousand_o and_o seven_o hunred_n chief_a father_n who_o king_n david_n make_v ruler_n over_o the_o reubenites_n etc._n etc._n there_o be_v in_o all_o of_o these_o judge_n and_o officer_n but_o six_o thousand_o chap._n 23.4_o so_o that_o though_o all_o the_o isharites_fw-la ver_fw-la 19_o be_v employ_v within_o jordan_n as_o be_v probable_a they_o be_v yet_o there_o be_v almost_o as_o many_o in_o the_o two_o tribe_n and_o a_o half_a without_o jordan_n as_o be_v among_o the_o other_o nine_o tribe_n and_o a_o half_a within_o jordan_n to_o wit_n because_o be_v divide_v as_o it_o be_v from_o god_n people_n by_o the_o river_n jordan_n there_o be_v the_o more_o care_n requisite_a to_o retain_v they_o in_o their_o obedience_n to_o the_o law_n and_o to_o prevent_v any_o backslide_n or_o remissness_n in_o the_o worship_n of_o god_n at_o jerusalem_n whither_o with_o the_o other_o israelite_n they_o be_v bind_v at_o certain_a time_n to_o resort_v chap._n xxvii_o verse_n 1._o now_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n after_o their_o number_n etc._n etc._n as_o in_o the_o former_a chapter_n be_v show_v how_o david_n distribute_v the_o priest_n and_o levite_n into_o twenty_o four_o course_n so_o here_o we_o be_v tell_v how_o the_o militia_n of_o the_o kingdom_n be_v also_o divide_v into_o twelve_o course_n twenty_o four_o thousand_o in_o each_o course_n who_o in_o their_o turn_n one_o month_n in_o the_o year_n be_v still_o in_o arm_n ready_a to_o be_v employ_v in_o any_o service_n for_o the_o state_n as_o the_o king_n shall_v appoint_v they_o by_o which_o mean_v all_o the_o able_a man_n of_o the_o kingdom_n be_v still_o train_v up_o to_o be_v expert_a in_o the_o use_n of_o their_o arm_n and_o there_o be_v always_o a_o sufficient_a number_n ready_a in_o arm_n if_o on_o a_o sudden_a there_o shall_v be_v any_o occasion_n to_o make_v use_n of_o they_o neither_o be_v it_o any_o great_a burden_n to_o the_o people_n though_o for_o that_o month_n they_o bear_v their_o own_o charge_n because_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o year_n they_o be_v free_a to_o follow_v their_o own_o employment_n verse_n 3._o of_o the_o child_n of_o perez_n be_v the_o chief_a of_o all_o the_o captain_n of_o the_o host_n for_o the_o first_o month_n to_o wit_n jashobeam_n of_o who_o in_o the_o former_a verse_n who_o be_v also_o chief_a of_o david_n worthy_n see_v chap._n 11.11_o it_o seem_v he_o be_v of_o the_o posterity_n of_o perez_n or_o pharez_n the_o son_n of_o judah_n gen_n 46.12_o and_o therefore_o he_o have_v the_o pre-eminence_n of_o be_v commander_n in_o chief_a over_o the_o first_o course_n and_o it_o may_v be_v have_v some_o command_n over_o the_o captain_n in_o the_o other_o course_n verse_n 4._o and_o of_o his_o course_n be_v mikloth_n also_o the_o ruler_n to_o wit_n after_o the_o death_n of_o dodai_n some_o understand_v that_o he_o be_v dodai_n his_o lieutenant_n but_o why_o then_o be_v not_o the_o lieutenant_n of_o every_o course_n and_o company_n likewise_o name_v rather_o therefore_o i_o conceive_v that_o mikloth_n be_v the_o captain_n of_o this_o course_n after_o dodai_n as_o be_v say_v of_o zebadiah_n vers_fw-la 7._o that_o he_o be_v captain_n the_o four_o month_n after_o his_o father_n asahel_n be_v dead_a who_o die_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o david_n reign_n verse_n 5._o the_o three_o captain_n of_o the_o host_n for_o the_o three_o month_n be_v benaiah_n the_o son_n of_o jehoiadae_n a_o chief_a priest_n if_o the_o word_n be_v read_v as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o margin_n the_o son_n of_o jehoiada_n a_o principal_a officer_n there_o be_v no_o difficulty_n at_o all_o in_o they_o but_o if_o we_o read_v they_o as_o in_o our_o text_n the_o son_n of_o jehoiada_n a_o chief_a priest_n by_o the_o son_n of_o jehoiada_n must_v be_v mean_v the_o son_n in_o law_n of_o jehoiada_n for_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a that_o the_o priest_n be_v in_o ordinary_a course_n captain_n and_o commander_n of_o david_n band_n of_o soldier_n though_o sometime_o indeed_o upon_o extraordinary_a occasion_n it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o priest_n do_v arm_v themselves_o verse_n 22._o these_o be_v the_o prince_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n that_o be_v these_o be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o tribe_n who_o have_v chief_a power_n in_o the_o civil_a government_n the_o prince_n of_o gad_n and_o asher_n be_v not_o here_o express_v perhaps_o because_o the_o gadite_n and_o the_o reubenites_n or_o the_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n without_o jordan_n have_v but_o one_o prince_n over_o they_o both_o and_o so_o likewise_o the_o child_n of_o asher_n may_v be_v join_v with_o some_o tribe_n that_o border_v upon_o they_o verse_n 23._o but_o david_n take_v not_o the_o number_n of_o they_o from_o twenty_o year_n old_a and_o under_o have_v set_v down_o
i_o according_o verse_n 37._o his_o heart_n die_v within_o he_o and_o he_o become_v as_o a_o stone_n that_o be_v he_o fall_v as_o it_o be_v into_o a_o swoon_n and_o so_o there_o he_o lie_v like_o a_o stock_n or_o stone_n for_o ten_o day_n together_o the_o very_a think_v how_o near_o he_o be_v to_o death_n upon_o his_o wife_n relation_n make_v his_o heart_n to_o die_v within_o he_o verse_n 39_o and_o when_o david_n hear_v that_o nabal_n be_v dead_a he_o say_v bless_a be_v the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n though_o he_o rejoice_v not_o in_o the_o evil_a that_o be_v fall_v upon_o nabal_n yet_o he_o can_v not_o but_o rejoice_v in_o the_o manifestation_n of_o god_n justice_n upon_o he_o in_o his_o behalf_n and_o in_o see_v that_o the_o lord_n have_v plead_v his_o cause_n against_o he_o and_o david_n send_v and_o commune_v with_o abigail_n to_o take_v she_o to_o he_o to_o wife_n david_n will_v rather_o send_v then_o go_v himself_o that_o she_o may_v the_o more_o free_o either_o grant_n or_o deny_v his_o suit_n and_o that_o it_o may_v be_v the_o more_o evident_a that_o he_o take_v she_o not_o by_o force_n and_o violence_n verse_n 41._o behold_v let_v thy_o handmaid_n be_v a_o servant_n to_o wash_v the_o foot_n of_o the_o servant_n of_o my_o lord_n herein_o be_v the_o faith_n of_o abigail_n discover_v who_o can_v think_v so_o honourable_o of_o david_n when_o he_o live_v in_o such_o a_o persecute_a estate_n and_o despise_a condition_n verse_n 43._o david_n also_o take_v ahinoam_n of_o jezreel_n a_o town_n in_o judah_n josh_n 15.56_o verse_n 44._o but_o saul_n have_v give_v michal_n his_o daughter_n david_n wife_n to_o phalti_fw-la etc._n etc._n this_o phalti_fw-la of_o gallim_fw-la a_o place_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o benjamin_n â—aâ—_n 10.30_o be_v also_o call_v phaltiel_n 2_o sam._n 3.15_o to_o who_o saul_n give_v michal_n david_n wife_n not_o only_o out_o of_o hatred_n and_o malice_n against_o david_n but_o also_o out_o of_o policy_n as_o he_o think_v that_o the_o title_n of_o have_v his_o daughter_n to_o wife_n may_v not_o be_v any_o furtherance_n to_o he_o in_o climb_v to_o the_o kingdom_n chap._n xxvi_o verse_n 1._o and_o the_o ziphites_n come_v unto_o saul_n to_o gibeah_n say_v do_v not_o david_n hide_v himself_o etc._n etc._n though_o david_n have_v be_v once_o before_o in_o great_a danger_n in_o these_o part_n the_o ziphites_n discover_v he_o to_o saul_n and_o seek_v to_o entrap_v he_o yet_o hither_o he_o be_v come_v again_o from_o the_o wilderness_n of_o paran_n chap._n 25.1_o and_o good_a reason_n may_v be_v give_v for_o it_o for_o it_o may_v be_v occasion_v by_o his_o marriage_n with_o abigail_n who_o estate_n lie_v in_o these_o part_n and_o again_o his_o hope_n that_o saul_n will_v keep_v his_o covenant_n and_o oath_n chap._n 24._o may_v encourage_v he_o the_o rather_o because_o since_o that_o for_o a_o time_n he_o have_v now_o be_v quiet_a but_o he_o find_v his_o enemy_n as_o violent_a as_o ever_o indeed_o if_o david_n shall_v come_v to_o the_o crown_n the_o ziphites_n may_v well_o fear_v theâ—_n former_a treachery_n will_v be_v remember_v and_o therefore_o it_o stand_v they_o upon_o to_o seek_v david_n ruin_n if_o by_o any_o mean_n they_o can_v verse_n 3._o david_n abode_n in_o the_o wilderness_n and_o he_o see_v that_o saul_n come_v after_o he_o etc._n etc._n but_o why_o be_v it_o say_v in_o the_o very_a next_o word_n vers_fw-la 4._o that_o he_o send_v forth_o spy_v and_o so_o understand_v that_o saul_n be_v come_v in_o very_a deed_n i_o answer_v that_o these_o first_o word_n be_v mean_v only_o of_o some_o notice_n that_o david_n have_v of_o saul_n come_v of_o the_o certainty_n whereof_o he_o be_v not_o at_o first_o full_o satisfy_v and_o so_o send_v out_o scout_n to_o see_v if_o it_o be_v true_a be_v by_o they_o full_o inform_v that_o it_o be_v so_o indeed_o verse_n 6._o then_o answer_v david_n and_o say_v to_o ahimelech_n the_o hittite_n and_o to_o abishai_n the_o son_n of_o zeruiah_n brother_n to_o joab_n say_v who_o will_v go_v down_o with_o i_o etc._n etc._n the_o two_o captain_n who_o he_o desire_v to_o go_v with_o he_o to_o saul_n camp_n be_v ahimelech_n call_v the_o hittite_n either_o because_o he_o be_v so_o by_o birth_n though_o in_o religion_n he_o be_v a_o israelite_n or_o else_o because_o though_o he_o be_v a_o israelite_n by_o birth_n yet_o he_o live_v among_o the_o hittite_n and_o abishai_n the_o son_n of_o zeruiah_n david_n sister_n 1._o chron._n 2.15.16_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v that_o she_o the_o mother_n be_v still_o mention_v and_o not_o the_o father_n who_o be_v perhaps_o of_o mean_a descent_n at_o least_o not_o of_o so_o great_a a_o family_n david_n have_v before_o close_o approach_v saul_n camp_n alone_o by_o himself_o as_o be_v before_o note_v vers_fw-la 5._o and_o find_v they_o all_o fast_o asleep_a be_v carry_v no_o doubt_n also_o by_o a_o special_a instinct_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n he_o resolve_v once_o more_o to_o manifest_v his_o fidelity_n to_o saul_n and_o therefore_o demand_v of_o these_o his_o follower_n which_o of_o they_o will_v venture_v to_o go_v with_o he_o into_o the_o camp_n to_o saul_n where_o he_o have_v find_v all_o the_o army_n secure_o sleep_v verse_n 8._o then_o say_v abishai_n to_o david_n god_n have_v deliver_v thy_o 〈◊〉_d thy_o hand_n this_o day_n etc._n etc._n david_n spare_v saul_n in_o the_o like_a case_n former_o haâ—_n do_v no_o good_a upon_o he_o and_o beside_o the_o lord_n proffer_v he_o the_o like_a opportunity_n 〈◊〉_d second_o time_n seem_v to_o abishai_n a_o manifest_a declaration_n of_o god_n will_n that_o he_o wouâ—_n have_v he_o cut_v off_o saul_n and_o therefore_o though_o he_o reject_v this_o motion_n before_o 〈◊〉_d abishai_n hope_v he_o will_v hearken_v to_o it_o now_o and_o therefore_o again_o press_v he_o 〈…〉_o may_v be_v do_v verse_n 10._o the_o lord_n shall_v smite_v he_o or_o his_o day_n shall_v come_v etc._n etc._n that_o 〈…〉_o god_n shall_v strike_v he_o with_o sudden_a death_n or_o he_o shall_v die_v his_o natural_a 〈…〉_o other_o man_n die_v by_o sickness_n or_o old_a age_n or_o he_o shall_v come_v to_o his_o end_n by_o some_o casualty_n as_o by_o be_v slay_v in_o battle_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 11._o take_v thou_o now_o the_o spear_n that_o be_v at_o his_o bolster_n and_o the_o cruse_v of_o water_n etc._n etc._n which_o stand_v happy_o by_o he_o for_o the_o quench_n of_o his_o thirst_n or_o else_o to_o wash_v with_o for_o some_o conceive_v that_o in_o those_o hot_a country_n they_o use_v to_o wash_v sometime_o in_o the_o night_n especial_o if_o any_o pollution_n have_v befall_v they_o verse_n 14._o then_o abner_n answer_v and_o say_v who_o be_v thou_o that_o cry_v to_o the_o king_n that_o be_v say_v some_o to_o the_o disturbance_n of_o the_o king_n in_o his_o rest_n but_o i_o rather_o think_v that_o though_o it_o be_v only_o express_v in_o the_o forego_n word_n that_o david_n cry_v to_o the_o people_n and_o to_o abner_n yet_o he_o mention_v also_o the_o king_n at_o least_o so_o far_o as_o to_o ask_v who_o be_v there_o about_o the_o king_n whereupon_o abner_n answer_v thus_o who_o be_v thou_o that_o cry_v to_o the_o king_n verse_n 19_o if_o the_o lord_n have_v stir_v thou_o up_o against_o i_o let_v he_o accept_v a_o offering_n some_o understand_v this_o as_o if_o david_n have_v say_v that_o in_o case_n it_o be_v manifest_a that_o it_o be_v of_o the_o lord_n only_o that_o saul_n be_v stir_v up_o against_o he_o he_o for_o his_o part_n will_v most_o willing_o yield_v himself_o to_o the_o trial_n of_o justice_n that_o he_o may_v if_o he_o have_v offend_v undergo_v deserve_v punishment_n and_o so_o this_o may_v be_v accept_v of_o the_o lord_n as_o a_o sacrifice_n well-pleasing_a in_o his_o sight_n but_o there_o be_v another_o exposition_n give_v by_o other_o which_o be_v plain_o and_o seem_v more_o clear_o to_o be_v gather_v from_o the_o text_n to_o wit_n that_o david_n desire_v that_o the_o lord_n may_v be_v appease_v by_o sacrifice_n if_o real_o it_o be_v of_o he_o that_o saul_n be_v stir_v up_o against_o david_n and_o of_o no_o body_n else_o david_n consider_v that_o perhaps_o no_o enemy_n urge_v saul_n to_o these_o course_n but_o that_o it_o be_v of_o god_n to_o wit_n by_o let_v loose_a the_o evil_a spirit_n upon_o he_o 2._o sam._n 24.1_o and_o that_o herein_o the_o lord_n may_v have_v respect_n both_o to_o the_o sin_n of_o david_n and_o saul_n why_o then_o say_v david_n if_o the_o case_n be_v so_o let_v we_o both_o labour_n to_o make_v our_o peace_n with_o god_n let_v we_o offer_v up_o sacrifice_n that_o may_v be_v acceptable_a in_o his_o sight_n humble_o acknowledge_v our_o offence_n and_o call_v to_o
he_o for_o pardon_n and_o that_o because_o there_o be_v mercy_n with_o he_o and_o power_n to_o withdraw_v these_o turmoil_n if_o he_o be_v once_o appease_v towards_o we_o they_o have_v drive_v i_o out_o this_o day_n from_o abide_v in_o the_o inheritance_n of_o the_o lord_n say_v go_v serve_v other_o god_n that_o be_v by_o cause_v i_o to_o be_v thus_o continual_o persecute_v not_o give_v i_o any_o rest_a place_n in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n they_o have_v do_v what_o in_o they_o lay_v to_o drive_v i_o from_o among_o the_o people_n of_o god_n to_o go_v and_o live_v among_o idolater_n that_o so_o i_o may_v be_v entangle_v by_o they_o and_o corrupt_v in_o their_o idolatrous_a practice_n verse_n 20._o now_o therefore_o let_v not_o my_o blood_n fall_v to_o the_o earth_n before_o the_o face_n of_o the_o lord_n as_o if_o he_o have_v say_v do_v not_o cause_v my_o blood_n to_o be_v shed_v and_o spill_v like_o water_n upon_o the_o ground_n causelesse_o the_o lord_n see_v and_o behold_v it_o for_o in_o those_o last_o word_n before_o the_o face_n of_o the_o lord_n david_n imply_v a_o reason_n to_o move_v saul_n to_o take_v heed_n of_o sheâ—ding_v innocent_a blood_n to_o wit_n because_o the_o lord_n will_v see_v it_o and_o not_o suffer_v it_o to_o go_v unpunished_a for_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n be_v come_v out_o to_o seek_v a_o flea_n etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 24.14_o verse_n 21._o behold_v i_o have_v play_v the_o fool_n and_o err_v exceed_o thus_o saul_n do_v not_o only_o confess_v his_o fault_n but_o do_v also_o with_o much_o detestation_n judge_n and_o condemn_v himself_o for_o his_o gross_a folly_n therein_o and_o that_o also_o to_o his_o great_a shame_n open_o in_o the_o â—aring_n of_o all_o his_o captain_n and_o soldier_n that_o be_v about_o he_o verse_n 23._o the_o lord_n render_v to_o every_o man_n his_o righteousness_n &c_n &c_n for_o all_o saul_n fair_a promise_n david_n have_v have_v frequent_a experience_n of_o his_o fickleness_n this_o way_n slay_v from_o he_o to_o god_n goodness_n and_o put_v all_o his_o trust_n and_o confidence_n in_o he_o as_o be_v evident_a in_o these_o two_o verse_n chap._n xxvii_o verse_n 1._o there_o be_v nothing_o better_a for_o i_o then_o that_o i_o shall_v speedy_o escape_v into_o the_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v no_o warrantable_a course_n which_o david_n here_o pitch_v upon_o for_o his_o preservation_n for_o first_o god_n have_v once_o before_o command_v he_o to_o abide_v in_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n by_o the_o prophet_n gad_n chap._n 22.5_o second_o have_v be_v such_o a_o deadly_a enemy_n to_o the_o philistine_n and_o so_o hardly_o once_o before_o escape_v with_o his_o life_n when_o he_o seek_v for_o shelter_v among_o they_o there_o be_v no_o likelihood_n he_o shall_v be_v now_o entertain_v by_o they_o upon_o any_o other_o term_n then_o that_o he_o and_o his_o soldier_n shall_v turn_v to_o the_o philistine_n and_o become_v enemy_n to_o the_o king_n and_o people_n of_o israel_n and_o three_o to_o the_o great_a grief_n of_o those_o that_o be_v righteous_a in_o the_o land_n the_o enemy_n of_o david_n will_v exceed_o triumph_v in_o this_o allege_v that_o now_o he_o have_v discover_v what_o he_o be_v in_o desert_v his_o people_n and_o religion_n and_o join_v himself_o to_o their_o uncircumcised_a enemy_n but_o thus_o it_o be_v usual_o with_o man_n when_o their_o heart_n sink_v through_o infidelity_n as_o david_n now_o do_v they_o will_v seek_v to_o help_v themselves_o by_o any_o unlawful_a mean_n as_o man_n ready_a to_o sink_v in_o the_o water_n will_v be_v catch_v at_o any_o thing_n to_o save_v themselves_o from_o drown_v verse_n 2._o and_o david_n arise_v and_o he_o pass_v over_o with_o the_o six_o hundred_o man_n that_o be_v with_o he_o unto_o achish_n etc._n etc._n to_o achish_a king_n of_o gath_n david_n flee_v once_o before_o chap._n 21.10_o yet_o some_o think_v that_o this_o be_v not_o the_o same_o achish_a and_o that_o to_o distinguish_v this_o from_o he_o former_o mention_v this_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o son_n of_o maoch_n but_o david_n go_v in_o another_o manner_n now_o then_o he_o go_v before_o then_o he_o go_v secret_o and_o alone_o by_o himself_o hope_v to_o have_v live_v there_o unknown_a now_o he_o go_v open_o attend_v with_o six_o hundred_o follower_n and_o their_o several_a household_n ver_fw-la 3._o and_o therefore_o now_o it_o be_v likely_a that_o he_o have_v beforehand_o procure_v from_o achish_a assurance_n that_o he_o and_o he_o shall_v live_v safe_o in_o the_o land_n to_o which_o indeed_o policy_n may_v persuade_v he_o in_o regard_n of_o the_o hatred_n wherewith_o saul_n that_o make_v continual_a war_n with_o the_o philistine_n be_v know_v to_o prosecute_v david_n verse_n 5._o let_v they_o give_v i_o a_o place_n in_o some_o town_n in_o the_o country_n etc._n etc._n david_n aim_n in_o this_o request_n may_v be_v first_o that_o he_o may_v have_v the_o more_o freedom_n for_o the_o service_n of_o god_n and_o the_o exercise_n of_o his_o religion_n and_o may_v keep_v his_o soldier_n from_o be_v corrupt_v with_o the_o sin_n of_o the_o philistine_n especial_o of_o their_o court-sinne_n second_o that_o he_o may_v avoid_v the_o better_a the_o envy_n of_o the_o philistine_n for_o be_v retire_v to_o some_o obscure_a corner_n of_o the_o country_n where_o he_o shall_v be_v less_o in_o their_o eye_n there_o will_v not_o be_v so_o frequent_a occasion_n of_o offence_n and_o stir_v their_o spirit_n against_o he_o and_o beside_o all_o suspicion_n will_v be_v take_v away_o of_o his_o affect_v any_o advancement_n or_o place_n of_o eminency_n in_o their_o court_n or_o state_n and_o three_o that_o he_o may_v thence_o prey_v upon_o the_o enemy_n of_o god_n people_n secret_o without_o have_v any_o notice_n take_v of_o it_o but_o all_o he_o pretend_v be_v only_o as_o out_o of_o modesty_n that_o it_o be_v not_o fit_a for_o he_o a_o stranger_n to_o live_v with_o the_o king_n in_o the_o royal_a city_n especial_o have_v so_o much_o people_n with_o he_o who_o must_v needs_o be_v burdensome_a and_o may_v prove_v sometime_o offensive_a both_o 〈◊〉_d he_o and_o to_o the_o inhabitant_n verse_n 6._o then_o achish_n give_v he_o ziklag_n that_o day_n policy_n will_v have_v advise_v to_o place_v he_o for_o the_o better_a assurance_n in_o some_o town_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o land_n and_o not_o in_o a_o town_n that_o border_v upon_o his_o own_o country_n as_o ziklag_n do_v but_o this_o show_v that_o god_n have_v blind_v achish_a for_o david_n good_a wherefore_o ziklag_n pertain_v unto_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n unto_o this_o day_n ziklag_n be_v long_o since_o allot_v to_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n josh_n 15.31_o and_o afterward_o be_v give_v to_o simeon_n josh_n 19.5_o though_o ever_o since_o detain_v by_o the_o philistine_n but_o now_o it_o come_v into_o the_o possession_n of_o those_o to_o who_o god_n have_v give_v it_o and_o be_v not_o only_o join_v to_o judah_n portion_n but_o be_v also_o upon_o this_o occasion_n design_v to_o be_v for_o ever_o after_o a_o part_n of_o the_o grown-land_n of_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n verse_n 8._o and_o david_n and_o his_o man_n go_v up_o and_o invade_v the_o geshurite_n and_o the_o gezrite_n and_o the_o amalekite_n etc._n etc._n under_o a_o pretence_n of_o invade_v judea_n he_o bend_v his_o force_n another_o way_n and_o smite_v the_o amalekite_n and_o other_o which_o be_v think_v to_o be_v the_o remainder_n of_o the_o canaanite_n to_o wit_n the_o geshurite_n that_o be_v those_o that_o dwell_v former_o in_o geshur_n in_o gilead_n josh_n 12.15_o and_o the_o gezrite_n that_o have_v dwell_v in_o gezer_n which_o belong_v to_o ephraim_n josh_n 16.3_o who_o perhaps_o at_o the_o first_o come_v of_o the_o israelite_n flee_v thence_o to_o the_o amalekite_n and_o have_v ever_o since_o dwell_v among_o they_o and_o thus_o he_o not_o only_o provide_v for_o the_o maintenance_n of_o his_o army_n by_o the_o spoil_n he_o take_v and_o delude_v achish_n who_o think_v he_o have_v pillage_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n but_o withal_o he_o destroy_v those_o accurse_a nation_n who_o god_n have_v at_o first_o appoint_v to_o be_v root_v out_o and_o continue_v still_o enemy_n to_o the_o israelite_n verse_n 10._o and_o david_n say_v against_o the_o south_n of_o judah_n and_o against_o the_o south_n of_o the_o jerahmeelite_n and_o against_o the_o south_n of_o the_o kenites_n it_o can_v be_v conceive_v that_o david_n pretend_v the_o invasion_n of_o so_o many_o place_n in_o one_o day_n the_o meaning_n therefore_o of_o this_o passage_n must_v needs_o be_v this_o that_o when_o ever_o achish_n ask_v he_o that_o question_n whither_o have_v you_o make_v a_o road_n to_o day_n he_o answer_v sometime_o that_o he_o
make_v a_o road_n against_o the_o south_n of_o judah_n and_o sometime_o again_o that_o he_o have_v make_v a_o road_n against_o the_o south_n of_o jerahmeelite_n who_o be_v a_o particular_a family_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n 1._o chron._n 2.9.25_o and_o sometime_o also_o against_o the_o south_n of_o the_o kenites_n and_o thus_o he_o either_o tell_v achish_n again_o and_o again_o many_o deliberate_a lie_n to_o secure_v himself_o and_o he_o from_o danger_n or_o at_o least_o he_o purposely_o deceive_v achish_a with_o the_o ambiguity_n of_o his_o word_n which_o ill-became_a so_o good_a a_o man_n intend_v that_o achish_n shall_v understand_v he_o that_o he_o have_v invade_v the_o south_n part_n of_o judah_n etc._n etc._n whereas_o he_o mean_v he_o have_v invade_v those_o border_a country_n that_o lay_v southward_o of_o judah_n and_o of_o the_o jerahmeelite_n and_o of_o the_o kenites_n verse_n 11._o lest_o they_o shall_v tell_v on_o we_o etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n because_o these_o nation_n be_v tributary_n to_o achish_n or_o at_o least_o his_o confederate_n and_o neighbour_n it_o be_v strange_a indeed_o how_o these_o thing_n can_v be_v conceal_v from_o the_o philistine_n but_o first_o we_o must_v consider_v that_o the_o people_n smite_v dwell_v somewhat_o far_o from_o the_o philistine_n and_o scatter_v in_o several_a place_n of_o a_o solitary_a wilderness_n and_o second_o there_o may_v be_v some_o special_a hand_n of_o god_n in_o conceal_v these_o thing_n for_o david_n safety_n chap._n xxviii_o verse_n 1._o the_o philistine_n gather_v their_o army_n together_o for_o warfare_n to_o fight_v against_o israel_n that_o be_v not_o only_o achish_a but_o with_o he_o all_o the_o other_o prince_n of_o the_o philistine_n encourage_v no_o doubt_n by_o the_o distraction_n that_o be_v now_o in_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n and_o the_o weak_a state_n of_o the_o kingdom_n by_o mean_n hereof_o verse_n 2._o and_o david_n say_v to_o achish_n sure_o thou_o shall_v know_v what_o thy_o servant_n can_v do_v the_o ambiguity_n of_o these_o word_n seem_v to_o imply_v that_o he_o mean_v not_o fight_v against_o the_o people_n of_o god_n though_o he_o dare_v not_o but_o make_v semblance_n of_o be_v ready_a to_o do_v what_o the_o king_n shall_v require_v and_o achish_n say_v to_o david_n therefore_o will_v i_o make_v thou_o keeper_n of_o my_o head_n forever_o that_o be_v i_o will_v make_v thou_o captain_n of_o my_o lifeguard_n so_o long_o as_o we_o shall_v live_v together_o verse_n 2._o now_o samuel_n be_v dead_a etc._n etc._n this_o be_v here_o insert_v because_o of_o the_o follow_a story_n wherein_o be_v relate_v how_o saul_n be_v destitute_a of_o all_o counsel_n seek_v to_o have_v samuel_n raise_v from_o the_o dead_a that_o he_o may_v talk_v with_o he_o of_o late_a saul_n disregard_v samuel_n now_o he_o will_v have_v wish_v he_o have_v be_v live_v and_o saul_n put_v away_o those_o that_o have_v familiar_a spirit_n and_o the_o wizard_n out_o of_o the_o land_n this_o be_v add_v to_o show_v that_o saul_n seek_v to_o the_o witch_n sin_v against_o his_o own_o conscience_n verse_n 4._o and_o the_o philistine_n gather_v themselves_o together_o and_o come_v and_o pitch_v in_o shunem_n a_o town_n in_o the_o border_n of_o issachar_n josh_n 19.18_o verse_n 5._o and_o when_o saul_n see_v the_o host_n of_o the_o philistine_n he_o be_v afraid_a and_o his_o heart_n great_o tremble_v through_o the_o terror_n of_o a_o guilty_a conscience_n which_o now_o seize_v upon_o he_o verse_n 6._o and_o when_o saul_n inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n the_o lord_n answer_v he_o not_o etc._n etc._n how_o saul_n inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n it_o be_v not_o express_v only_o this_o we_o may_v conclude_v that_o by_o urim_n he_o can_v not_o inquire_v of_o god_n &_o that_o because_o abiathar_n have_v carry_v away_o the_o high_a priest_n ephod_n to_o david_n wherein_o the_o urim_fw-la be_v chap._n 23.6_o only_o because_o the_o holy_a ghost_n will_v the_o more_o full_o express_v the_o comfortless_a condition_n of_o saul_n how_o whole_o he_o be_v forsake_v of_o god_n and_o leave_v destitute_a of_o all_o direction_n from_o he_o among_o other_o way_n whereby_o he_o can_v have_v no_o answer_n from_o god_n this_o of_o the_o urim_n be_v also_o put_v in_o the_o lord_n answer_v he_o not_o neither_o by_o dream_n nor_o by_o vrim_fw-he to_o wit_n because_o the_o urim_n be_v now_o with_o david_n and_o not_o with_o he_o most_o probable_a it_o be_v that_o saul_n inquire_v of_o god_n partly_o by_o prayer_n partly_o by_o consult_v with_o the_o priest_n and_o prophet_n for_o it_o be_v evident_a in_o several_a place_n of_o this_o history_n that_o there_o be_v at_o this_o time_n divers_a college_n of_o prophet_n in_o the_o land_n and_o like_a enough_o it_o be_v that_o though_o before_o he_o have_v kill_v god_n priest_n and_o despise_v his_o prophet_n yet_o now_o in_o his_o distress_n he_o be_v glad_a to_o seek_v both_o to_o priest_n and_o prophet_n to_o try_v if_o they_o can_v advise_v he_o or_o will_v inquire_v of_o god_n in_o his_o behalf_n but_o however_o by_o what_o mean_v soever_o he_o inquire_v it_o be_v not_o do_v in_o faith_n for_o have_v he_o seek_v in_o faith_n he_o will_v have_v continue_v seek_v and_o not_o have_v give_v over_o to_o run_v to_o a_o witch_n and_o therefore_o 1._o chron._n 10.14_o it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o inquire_v not_o of_o the_o lord_n and_o according_o we_o see_v the_o lord_n deal_v with_o he_o the_o lord_n answer_v he_o not_o neither_o one_o way_n nor_o other_o which_o be_v a_o evidence_n that_o the_o lord_n be_v high_o displease_v with_o he_o for_o the_o like_a be_v mention_v we_o see_v elsewhere_o as_o a_o great_a argument_n of_o god_n high_a indignation_n against_o his_o people_n lam._n 2.9_o the_o law_n be_v no_o more_o her_o prophet_n also_o find_v no_o vision_n from_o the_o lord_n verse_n 7._o then_o say_v saul_n to_o his_o servant_n seek_v i_o a_o woman_n that_o have_v a_o familiar_a spirit_n etc._n etc._n it_o seem_v that_o in_o those_o day_n woman_n by_o reason_n of_o their_o weakness_n be_v most_o deceive_v by_o satan_n and_o bring_v to_o give_v themselves_o to_o sorcery_n and_o witchcraft_n and_o therefore_o he_o command_v his_o servant_n to_o seek_v he_o out_o a_o woman_n that_o have_v a_o familiar_a spirit_n not_o doubt_v but_o there_o be_v still_o some_o of_o these_o that_o lurk_v secret_o in_o the_o land_n though_o he_o have_v endeavour_v to_o root_v they_o all_o out_o vers_n 3._o and_o this_o be_v here_o record_v as_o the_o last_o and_o most_o desperate_a wickedness_n that_o he_o fall_v into_o and_o upon_o which_o he_o be_v immediate_o cut_v off_o by_o god_n revenge_a hand_n as_o be_v full_o express_v 1._o chron._n 10_o 13_o 14._o behold_v there_o be_v a_o woman_n have_v a_o familiar_a spirit_n at_o endor_n a_o town_n of_o the_o manassites_n within_o jordan_n josh_n 17.11_o verse_n 8._o and_o saul_n disguise_v himself_o and_o put_v on_o other_o raiment_n etc._n etc._n this_o he_o do_v not_o only_o that_o the_o witch_n may_v not_o know_v he_o and_o so_o not_o fear_v to_o satisfy_v his_o desire_n but_o also_o doubtless_o out_o of_o very_a shame_n because_o he_o now_o yield_v to_o make_v use_n of_o those_o base_a course_n which_o himself_o ere_o while_n have_v so_o severe_o punish_v verse_n 9_o behold_v thou_o know_v what_o saul_n have_v do_v how_o he_o have_v cut_v off_o those_o that_o have_v familiar_a spirit_n etc._n etc._n thus_o be_v saul_n put_v in_o mind_n even_o by_o the_o word_n of_o the_o witch_n though_o she_o intend_v it_o not_o how_o heinous_o he_o now_o sin_v in_o seek_v to_o the_o devil_n for_o help_v even_o against_o the_o light_n of_o his_o own_o conscience_n verse_n 10._o as_o the_o lord_n live_v there_o shall_v no_o punishment_n happen_v to_o thou_o for_o this_o thing_n that_o be_v i_o will_v not_o discover_v thou_o verse_n 11._o and_o he_o say_v bring_v i_o up_o samuel_n saul_n despise_v samuel_n when_o he_o live_v and_o will_v not_o follow_v his_o direction_n and_o now_o his_o thought_n can_v be_v satisfy_v with_o nothing_o but_o to_o speak_v with_o samuel_n and_o rather_o than_o fail_v herein_o he_o will_v go_v to_o a_o witch_n to_o raise_v up_o the_o ghost_n of_o samuel_n to_o talk_v with_o he_o verse_n 12._o and_o when_o the_o woman_n see_v samuel_n she_o cry_v out_o with_o a_o loud_a voice_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v not_o doubtless_o samuel_n himself_o that_o appear_v now_o to_o the_o witch_n but_o the_o devil_n in_o samuel_n likeness_n for_o first_o the_o soul_n of_o saint_n depart_v be_v present_o at_o rest_n with_o god_n and_o be_v take_v up_o when_o they_o die_v out_o of_o the_o devil_n reach_v he_o have_v no_o power_n over_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n faithful_a servant_n depart_v for_o than_o he_o
will_v abuse_v the_o soul_n of_o the_o dead_a at_o his_o pleasure_n to_o deceive_v the_o live_n second_o it_o be_v no_o way_n likely_a that_o the_o lord_n who_o have_v so_o late_o refuse_v to_o answer_n saul_n by_o the_o prophet_n will_v now_o raise_v up_o samuel_n from_o the_o dead_a to_o answer_v he_o we_o see_v what_o be_v say_v in_o a_o like_a case_n to_o the_o rich_a man_n in_o hell_n luke_n 16.31_o if_o they_o hear_v not_o moses_n and_o the_o prophet_n neither_o will_v they_o be_v persuade_v though_o one_o rise_v from_o the_o dead_a three_o even_o the_o mantle_n wherein_o he_o appear_v vers_fw-la 14._o be_v a_o evident_a sign_n that_o all_o be_v counterfeit_a for_o do_v samuel_n think_v we_o carry_v his_o mantle_n with_o he_o into_o heaven_n or_o into_o the_o grave_n fourthly_a have_v the_o prophet_n samuel_n be_v send_v of_o god_n which_o be_v the_o only_a evasion_n the_o papist_n have_v to_o maintain_v this_o error_n the_o witch_n they_o say_v do_v not_o conjure_v he_o up_o but_o god_n send_v he_o to_o appear_v to_o saul_n he_o will_v never_o have_v say_v as_o this_o counterfeit_a samuel_n do_v ver_fw-la 15._o that_o the_o witch_n by_o saul_n mean_n have_v raise_v he_o up_o why_o say_v he_o have_v thou_o disquiet_v i_o to_o bring_v i_o up_o it_o be_v therefore_o doubtless_o by_o the_o witch_n enchantment_n that_o this_o samuel_n be_v raise_v and_o consequent_o it_o be_v not_o samuel_n indeed_o but_o the_o devil_n in_o samuel_n likeness_n and_o therefore_o call_v samuel_n here_o when_o the_o woman_n see_v samuel_n etc._n etc._n and_o that_o it_o be_v that_o make_v she_o cry_v out_o so_o violent_o as_o soon_o as_o she_o see_v he_o when_o the_o devil_n be_v raise_v it_o seem_v according_a to_o the_o accustom_a manner_n the_o witch_n be_v present_o possess_v with_o a_o spirit_n of_o divination_n and_o hereby_o know_v saul_n for_o who_o she_o have_v do_v this_o and_o hereupon_o cry_v out_o as_o apprehend_v he_o be_v come_v to_o ensnare_v she_o that_o have_v discover_v she_o he_o may_v put_v she_o to_o death_n why_o say_v she_o have_v thou_o deceive_v i_o for_o thou_o be_v saul_n all_o which_o show_v plain_o that_o the_o author_n of_o that_o apocryphal_a book_n of_o eccclesiasticus_n write_v not_o by_o the_o inspiration_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n who_o say_v of_o samuel_n as_o in_o relation_n to_o this_o history_n chap._n 46.20_o after_o his_o death_n he_o prophesy_v and_o show_v the_o king_n his_o end_n &c_n &c_n verse_n 13._o and_o the_o king_n say_v unto_o she_o be_v not_o afraid_a for_o what_o see_v thou_o hereby_o it_o appear_v that_o saul_n see_v not_o the_o apparition_n at_o the_o first_o though_o afterward_o he_o be_v admit_v to_o the_o sight_n of_o it_o and_o that_o happy_o because_o the_o woman_n be_v at_o first_o apart_o by_o herself_o as_o witch_n indeed_o use_v not_o to_o be_v see_v when_o they_o work_v their_o feat_n and_o the_o woman_n say_v unto_o saul_n i_o see_v god_n ascend_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n this_o she_o speak_v either_o because_o he_o appear_v in_o such_o a_o attire_n etc._n etc._n that_o she_o may_v easy_o perceive_v it_o be_v some_o magistrate_n or_o personage_n of_o great_a eminency_n and_o worth_n and_o such_o be_v call_v god_n psalm_n 82.6_o i_o have_v say_v you_o be_v god_n or_o else_o because_o this_o evil_a spirit_n now_o a_o counterfeit_a samuel_n do_v rise_v up_o with_o such_o a_o divine_a kind_n of_o splendour_n and_o brightness_n as_o we_o know_v he_o can_v change_v himself_o into_o a_o angel_n of_o light_n 2._o cor._n 11.14_o that_o the_o poor_a woman_n unacquainted_a with_o such_o apparition_n be_v even_o astonish_v with_o behold_v it_o verse_n 14._o and_o saul_n perceive_v it_o be_v samuel_n and_o he_o stoop_v etc._n etc._n saul_n at_o length_n be_v admit_v to_o the_o sight_n of_o this_o counterfeit_a samuel_n though_o it_o seem_v he_o be_v not_o by_o when_o the_o witch_n first_o conjure_v he_o up_o vers_fw-la 12.13_o and_o so_o saul_n address_v himself_o to_o inquire_v of_o this_o infernal_a prophet_n the_o witch_n it_o seem_v withdraw_v herself_o as_o appear_v vers_fw-la 21_o where_o it_o be_v afterward_o say_v the_o woman_n come_v unto_o saul_n and_o see_v that_o he_o be_v sore_o trouble_v verse_n 17._o and_o the_o lord_n have_v do_v to_o he_o as_o he_o speak_v by_o i_o that_o be_v to_o david_n the_o man_n to_o who_o the_o lord_n have_v betake_v his_o favourable_a presence_n since_o he_o depart_v from_o thou_o verse_n 18._o because_o thou_o obey_v not_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o lord_n nor_o execute_v his_o fierce_a wrath_n on_o amalek_n etc._n etc._n when_o saul_n be_v in_o consultation_n about_o spare_v agag_n the_o amalekite_n the_o devil_n no_o doubt_n then_o suggest_v whatever_o may_v encourage_v and_o embolden_v he_o thereto_o but_o now_o when_o he_o come_v to_o be_v affright_v with_o the_o apprehension_n of_o god_n wrath_n even_o that_o fact_n of_o his_o he_o allege_v against_o he_o thereby_o to_o add_v to_o his_o terror_n and_o to_o drive_v he_o to_o despair_v and_o that_o under_o a_o colour_n of_o speak_v as_o a_o samuel_n verse_n 19_o and_o to_o morrow_n shall_v thou_o and_o thy_o son_n be_v with_o i_o that_o be_v you_o shall_v be_v slay_v and_o so_o not_o be_v any_o long_o among_o the_o live_n but_o with_o i_o among_o the_o dead_a but_o how_o come_v the_o devil_n to_o be_v of_o god_n counsel_n that_o he_o can_v so_o certain_o determine_v the_o period_n of_o their_o life_n i_o answer_v first_o that_o the_o devil_n can_v and_o do_v many_o time_n by_o strong_a conjecture_n foretell_v many_o future_a thing_n which_o according_o come_v to_o pass_v second_o that_o he_o do_v not_o here_o define_v the_o time_n of_o their_o death_n certain_o but_o speak_v dark_o and_o deceitful_o for_o to_o morrow_n do_v not_o only_o signify_v the_o day_n immediate_o follow_v but_o also_o the_o time_n to_o come_v indefinite_o exod._n 13.14_o and_o it_o shall_v be_v when_o thy_o son_n ask_v thou_o in_o time_n to_o come_v or_o to_o morrow_n what_o be_v this_o thou_o shall_v say_v unto_o he_o etc._n etc._n and_o matth._n 6.34_o take_v therefore_o no_o thought_n for_o the_o morrow_n etc._n etc._n as_o indeed_o it_o seem_v it_o be_v not_o the_o very_a next_o day_n that_o saul_n and_o his_o son_n fall_v before_o the_o philistine_n and_o so_o we_o see_v in_o another_o particular_a he_o speak_v ambiguous_o thou_o and_o thy_o son_n shall_v be_v with_o i_o which_o may_v either_o be_v mean_v of_o their_o die_a only_o as_o speak_v with_o respect_n to_o samuel_n or_o of_o be_v with_o satan_n and_o than_o that_o as_o concern_v jonathan_n we_o be_v sure_o he_o lie_v gross_o but_o thus_o will_v the_o devil_n still_o preach_v comfort_n to_o those_o at_o last_o that_o will_v not_o away_o with_o the_o preach_n of_o god_n prophet_n when_o they_o sharp_o reprove_v they_o for_o their_o sin_n verse_n 21._o and_o the_o woman_n come_v unto_o saul_n and_o see_v that_o he_o be_v sore_o trouble_v etc._n etc._n hereby_o it_o appear_v that_o the_o witch_n have_v withdraw_v herself_o whilst_o saul_n and_o her_o familiar_a spirit_n than_o samuel_n counterfeit_v have_v be_v talk_v together_o chap._n xxix_o verse_n 1._o now_o the_o philistine_n gather_v together_o all_o their_o army_n to_o aphek_n a_o town_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o asher_n josh_n 19_o 24_o 30._o verse_n 2._o but_o david_n and_o his_o man_n pass_v on_o in_o the_o rearward_n with_o achish_n though_o achish_n be_v king_n of_o gath_n only_o which_o be_v but_o one_o of_o the_o five_o principality_n of_o the_o philistine_n yet_o it_o seem_v he_o be_v the_o chief_a among_o all_o the_o prince_n and_o have_v therefore_o the_o honour_n of_o lead_v up_o the_o rearward_n and_o that_o therein_o too_o he_o have_v give_v the_o honour_n to_o david_n and_o his_o man_n of_o be_v as_o it_o be_v his_o own_o life_n guard_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v that_o they_o march_v on_o with_o achish_a in_o the_o rearward_n verse_n 3._o then_o say_v the_o prince_n of_o the_o philistine_n what_o do_v these_o hebrew_n here_o this_o be_v not_o mean_v of_o those_o lord_n that_o be_v subject_n to_o achish_a the_o king_n of_o gath_n as_o be_v indeed_o evident_a by_o the_o roughness_n of_o their_o language_n vers_fw-la 4._o and_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o philistine_n be_v wroth_a with_o he_o and_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o philistine_n say_v unto_o he_o make_v this_o fellow_n return_v etc._n etc._n but_o of_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o other_o place_n of_o palestina_n for_o these_o all_o join_v their_o force_n with_o achish_n in_o this_o invasion_n of_o the_o land_n of_o of_o israel_n the_o common_a sort_n have_v indeed_o as_o much_o cause_n to_o suspect_v david_n perfidiousness_n and_o to_o provide_v for_o
his_o mind_n be_v all_o shall_v be_v put_v to_o the_o sword_n not_o so_o much_o as_o the_o blind_a and_o the_o lame_a shall_v be_v spare_v and_o that_o because_o he_o have_v be_v upbraid_v with_o they_o but_o according_a to_o the_o second_o exposition_n of_o that_o speech_n of_o the_o jebusite_n that_o it_o be_v mean_v of_o their_o blind_a and_o lame_a god_n which_o may_v seem_v the_o more_o probable_a because_o here_o the_o jebusite_n and_o the_o blind_a and_o lame_a be_v distinguish_v from_o each_o other_o who_o so_o smite_v the_o jebusite_n and_o the_o blind_a and_o the_o lame_a the_o meaning_n of_o this_o clause_n be_v more_o evident_a to_o wit_n that_o these_o their_o idol-god_n be_v abhor_v of_o david_n and_o that_o he_o will_v utter_o destroy_v they_o wherefore_o they_o say_v the_o blind_a and_o the_o lame_a shall_v not_o come_v into_o the_o house_n that_o be_v it_o grow_v to_o be_v a_o proverb_n to_o wit_n the_o blind_a and_o the_o lame_a shall_v not_o come_v into_o the_o house_n they_o that_o understand_v that_o speech_n of_o the_o jebusite_n vers_fw-la 6_o except_o thou_o take_v away_o the_o blind_a and_o the_o lame_a thou_o shall_v not_o come_v in_o hither_o of_o the_o blind_a and_o lame_a among_o the_o people_n find_v it_o somewhat_o difficult_a to_o give_v the_o sense_n of_o this_o proverb_n some_o conceive_v that_o against_o those_o that_o be_v confident_a of_o keep_v any_o fort_n which_o they_o can_v not_o keep_v or_o general_o that_o brag_v of_o any_o thing_n which_o they_o can_v not_o effect_v this_o use_v to_o be_v object_v as_o a_o proverb_n the_o blind_a and_o the_o lame_a shall_v not_o come_v into_o the_o house_n that_o be_v take_v heed_n your_o confidence_n prove_v not_o like_o that_o of_o the_o jebusite_n or_o if_o you_o do_v it_o it_o must_v not_o be_v by_o the_o blind_a and_o the_o lame_a as_o the_o jebusite_n think_v to_o defend_v their_o wall_n or_o take_v heed_n that_o be_v not_o do_v to_o you_o which_o you_o threaten_v against_o other_o as_o david_n cast_v out_o the_o blind_a and_o lame_a which_o shall_v have_v keep_v out_o he_o other_o think_v that_o the_o people_n do_v thus_o insult_v over_o the_o jebusite_n your_o blind_a and_o lame_a that_o shall_v have_v keep_v out_o we_o be_v never_o likely_a to_o enter_v again_o into_o this_o fort_n or_o that_o david_n do_v indeed_o make_v this_o order_n as_o a_o perpetual_a monument_n of_o this_o victory_n that_o neither_o blind_a nor_o lame_a shall_v enter_v his_o palace_n call_v the_o city_n of_o david_n but_o do_v mephibosheth_n think_v we_o never_o enter_v it_o but_o now_o if_o we_o understand_v that_o speech_n of_o the_o jebusite_n vers_fw-la 6._o of_o their_o idol-god_n than_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o proverb_n be_v plain_a to_o wit_n that_o no_o blind_a nor_o lame_a god_n shall_v be_v tolerate_v in_o the_o temple_n or_o in_o the_o city_n or_o any_o where_n among_o they_o that_o be_v the_o people_n of_o the_o everliving_a god_n verse_n 9_o and_o david_n build_v round_o about_o from_o millo_n and_o inward_a this_o millo_n be_v the_o town-house_n in_o the_o city_n of_o david_n where_o the_o people_n have_v their_o solemn_a assembly_n or_o rather_o some_o tower_n or_o fortress_n and_o place_n of_o munition_n belong_v to_o the_o city_n for_o 2._o chron._n 3.5_o it_o be_v say_v of_o hezekiah_n that_o he_o repair_v millo_n in_o the_o city_n of_o david_n and_o make_v dart_n and_o shield_n in_o abundance_n and_o we_o see_v there_o be_v the_o like_a place_n in_o shechem_n or_o near_a unto_o it_o judg._n 9.6_o and_o all_o the_o man_n of_o shechem_n gather_v together_o and_o all_o the_o house_n of_o millo_n and_o go_v and_o make_v abimelech_n king_n now_o from_o thence_o inward_a only_a david_n be_v say_v to_o have_v build_v because_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o city_n without_o joab_n repair_v 1._o chron._n 11.8_o and_o he_o build_v the_o city_n round_o about_o even_o from_o millo_n round_o about_o and_o joab_n repair_v the_o rest_n of_o the_o city_n verse_n 11._o and_o hiram_n king_n of_o tyre_n send_v messenger_n to_o david_n and_o cedar_n tree_n and_o carpenter_n etc._n etc._n this_o may_v be_v insert_v here_o either_o with_o reference_n to_o that_o which_o be_v relate_v in_o the_o forego_n verse_n concern_v the_o continual_a increase_n of_o david_n glory_n and_o greatness_n david_n go_v on_o and_o grow_v great_a and_o so_o though_o hitherto_o we_o read_v of_o no_o embassy_n that_o any_o of_o the_o neighbour_a king_n send_v unto_o he_o yet_o now_o hiram_n king_n of_o tyre_n send_v messenger_n unto_o he_o to_o wit_n to_o congratulate_v his_o settle_n in_o the_o kingdom_n or_o else_o to_o the_o last_o word_n of_o the_o former_a verse_n and_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o host_n be_v with_o he_o to_o wit_n as_o a_o effect_n of_o god_n favour_n the_o lord_n be_v with_o he_o even_o hiram_n though_o a_o stranger_n show_v he_o great_a respect_n and_o kindness_n howsoever_o we_o may_v sure_o conclude_v that_o it_o be_v upon_o david_n request_n that_o he_o send_v in_o these_o cedar_n tree_n and_o carpenter_n and_o mason_n it_o seem_v that_o when_o hiram_n send_v his_o ambassador_n to_o david_n david_n take_v this_o occasion_n to_o desire_v of_o hiram_n both_o cedar_n tree_n and_o workman_n to_o build_v he_o a_o house_n because_o there_o be_v plenty_n of_o cedar_n tree_n in_o lebanon_n which_o be_v the_o great_a part_n at_o least_o in_o his_o dominion_n and_o the_o tyrian_n be_v esteem_v the_o most_o excellent_a workman_n that_o be_v both_o in_o wood_n and_o stone_n and_o so_o the_o king_n of_o tyre_n fulfil_v his_o desire_n and_o indeed_o the_o like_a be_v clear_o express_v concern_v solomon_n 1._o king_n 5.1_o 2_o 3._o verse_n 12._o and_o david_n perceive_v that_o the_o lord_n have_v establish_v he_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o see_v it_o by_o daily_a experience_n the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lord_n withal_o inward_o persuade_v his_o heart_n that_o it_o be_v so_o verse_n 13._o and_o david_n take_v he_o moâ—_n concubine_n and_o wife_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v express_o against_o the_o law_n of_o god_n concern_v the_o king_n of_o israel_n deut._n 17.17_o neither_o shall_v he_o multiply_v wife_n to_o himself_o that_o his_o heart_n turn_v not_o away_o verse_n 14._o shammua_n and_o shobab_n etc._n etc._n this_o shammua_n be_v call_v shimea_n 1._o chron._n 3.5_o and_o so_o also_o elishua_n vers_fw-la 15._o elishamah_n 1._o chron._n 3.6_o and_o eliada_fw-la vers_fw-la 16._o beeliada_n 1._o chron._n 14.7_o verse_n 17._o but_o when_o the_o philistine_n hear_v that_o they_o have_v anoint_v david_n king_n over_o israel_n all_o the_o philistine_n come_v up_o to_o seek_v david_n while_o there_o be_v civil_a war_n betwixt_o david_n and_o ishbosheth_n they_o be_v content_a to_o stand_v by_o and_o look_v on_o but_o when_o they_o see_v the_o people_n general_o to_o submit_v to_o the_o government_n of_o so_o puissant_a a_o prince_n and_o that_o he_o have_v drive_v out_o the_o jebusite_n from_o jerusalem_n and_o that_o the_o king_n of_o tyre_n have_v make_v a_o league_n with_o he_o they_o think_v it_o be_v time_n then_o for_o they_o to_o oppose_v he_o and_o what_o they_o can_v to_o hinder_v the_o growth_n of_o his_o royal_a power_n and_o david_n hear_v of_o it_o and_o go_v down_o to_o the_o hold_n to_o wit_n there_o to_o muster_v and_o arm_v his_o soldier_n that_o then_o he_o may_v go_v out_o against_o the_o philistine_n 1._o chron._n 14.8_o and_o when_o the_o philistine_n hear_v that_o david_n be_v anoint_v king_n over_o all_o israel_n all_o the_o philistine_n go_v up_o to_o seek_v david_n and_o david_n hear_v of_o it_o and_o go_v out_o against_o they_o it_o may_v be_v mean_v of_o any_o strong_a fort_n but_o most_o probable_o we_o may_v think_v that_o it_o be_v some_o fort_n nigh_o the_o philistine_n convenient_a for_o the_o keep_n of_o they_o in_o that_o they_o may_v not_o invade_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n verse_n 18._o the_o philistine_n also_o come_v and_o spread_v themselves_o in_o the_o valley_n of_o rephaim_n or_o the_o valley_n of_o the_o giant_n which_o be_v in_o the_o border_n of_o judah_n josh_n 15.8_o verse_n 20._o and_o david_n come_v to_o baalperazim_a etc._n etc._n a_o place_n so_o call_v because_o of_o the_o victory_n here_o obtain_v whither_o the_o philistine_n be_v now_o come_v up_o from_o the_o valley_n of_o rephaim_n 1._o chron._n 14.11_o so_o they_o come_v to_o baalperazim_a and_o david_n smite_v they_o there_o then_o david_n say_v god_n have_v break_v in_o upon_o my_o enemy_n by_o my_o hand_n like_o the_o break_n forth_o of_o water_n therefore_o they_o call_v the_o name_n of_o that_o place_n baalperazim_a and_o so_o much_o be_v express_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n of_o david_n the_o lord_n have_v break_v forth_o upon_o my_o
enemy_n before_o i_o as_o the_o breach_n of_o water_n which_o have_v reference_n either_o to_o the_o dispersion_n of_o the_o enemy_n who_o be_v scatter_v as_o water_n in_o a_o earthen_a vessel_n will_v run_v about_o when_o the_o vessel_n be_v break_v or_o to_o god_n power_n in_o drive_v away_o the_o enemy_n as_o when_o water_n break_v through_o the_o bank_n and_o sweep_v away_o all_o before_o they_o and_o thence_o this_o place_n be_v call_v baalperazim_a or_o the_o plain_a of_o breach_n and_o to_o this_o the_o prophet_n do_v allude_v isa_n 28.21_o for_o the_o lord_n shall_v rise_v up_o as_o in_o mount_n perazim_n he_o shall_v be_v wroth_a as_o in_o the_o valley_n of_o gibeon_n that_o he_o may_v do_v his_o work_n his_o strange_a work_n and_o bring_v to_o pass_v his_o act_n his_o strange_a act_n verse_n 21._o and_o there_o they_o leave_v their_o image_n and_o david_n and_o his_o man_n burn_v they_o that_o be_v the_o soldier_n burn_v they_o at_o david_n command_n for_o so_o it_o be_v express_v 1._o chron._n 14.12_o and_o when_o they_o have_v leave_v their_o god_n there_o david_n give_v a_o commandment_n and_o they_o be_v burn_v with_o fire_n and_o this_o be_v according_a to_o the_o law_n deut._n 7.5_o thus_o shall_v you_o deal_v with_o they_o you_o shall_v destroy_v their_o altar_n and_o break_v down_o their_o image_n and_o cut_v down_o their_o grove_n and_o burn_v their_o grave_a image_n with_o fire_n now_o the_o leave_v of_o their_o god_n there_o be_v a_o sign_n of_o the_o terror_n wherewith_o they_o be_v strike_v verse_n 23._o thou_o shall_v not_o go_v up_o but_o fetch_v a_o compass_n behind_o they_o and_o come_v upon_o they_o over_o against_o the_o mulberry_n tree_n that_o be_v thou_o shall_v not_o go_v up_o direct_o against_o they_o but_o fetch_v a_o compass_n about_o shall_v set_v upon_o they_o over_o against_o the_o mulberry_n tree_n to_o wit_n that_o set_v sudden_o upon_o they_o where_o they_o look_v not_o for_o he_o the_o assault_n may_v strike_v they_o with_o the_o great_a terror_n verse_n 24._o and_o let_v it_o be_v when_o thou_o hear_v the_o sound_n of_o a_o go_n in_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mulberry_n tree_n that_o then_o thou_o shall_v bestir_v thyself_o etc._n etc._n when_o david_n hear_v the_o sound_n of_o a_o go_n in_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mulberry_n tree_n not_o a_o noise_n of_o the_o shake_n of_o the_o top_n of_o the_o tree_n with_o a_o wind_n but_o a_o sound_n as_o if_o some_o body_n be_v go_v upon_o the_o top_n of_o the_o tree_n then_o he_o be_v to_o break_v forth_o sudden_o upon_o the_o philistine_n whether_o this_o sound_n of_o go_v be_v as_o if_o a_o army_n of_o man_n horseman_n and_o chariot_n have_v be_v march_v over_o the_o top_n of_o the_o tree_n as_o some_o conceive_v we_o can_v say_v but_o doubtless_o it_o be_v appoint_v as_o a_o sign_n of_o god_n go_v forth_o with_o his_o holy_a angel_n to_o destroy_v the_o philistine_n before_o they_o wherewith_o david_n be_v encourage_v be_v present_o to_o break_v forth_o and_o set_v upon_o they_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v upon_o the_o top_n of_o the_o tree_n not_o on_o the_o ground_n to_o signify_v force_n that_o be_v send_v from_o on_o high_a from_o heaven_n and_o such_o as_o need_v not_o the_o ground_n to_o support_v they_o but_o can_v march_v through_o the_o air_n to_o come_v in_o to_o the_o help_n of_o his_o people_n chap._n vi_o verse_n 1._o again_o david_n gather_v together_o all_o the_o choose_a man_n of_o israel_n thirty_o thousand_o the_o ark_n the_o especial_a sign_n of_o god_n presence_n among_o his_o people_n and_o from_o whence_o he_o have_v promise_v to_o answer_v they_o concern_v all_o thing_n he_o will_v give_v they_o in_o charge_n have_v be_v in_o the_o private_a house_n of_o abinadab_n in_o kirjath-jearim_a about_o seven_o and_o forty_o year_n ever_o since_o the_o philistine_n send_v it_o back_o to_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n 1._o sam._n 7.1_o now_o because_o be_v there_o in_o a_o private_a house_n the_o people_n begin_v by_o degree_n to_o neglect_v it_o as_o if_o they_o have_v forget_v what_o a_o treasure_n it_o be_v so_o soon_o as_o david_n be_v establish_v in_o the_o kingdom_n and_o have_v drive_v the_o jebusite_n out_o of_o jerusalem_n he_o think_v present_o of_o fetch_v up_o the_o ark_n from_o kirjath-jearim_a to_o jerusalem_n first_o as_o judge_v it_o most_o for_o the_o honour_n of_o god_n and_o of_o his_o ark_n that_o it_o shall_v not_o lie_v hide_v in_o a_o private_a family_n but_o be_v settle_v in_o the_o chief_a city_n of_o the_o kingdom_n in_o a_o place_n purposely_o appoint_v for_o it_o and_o second_o that_o be_v in_o the_o heart_n of_o the_o kingdom_n and_o in_o jerusalem_n the_o royal_a city_n the_o people_n may_v the_o more_o convenient_o resort_v unto_o it_o to_o consult_v with_o god_n and_o to_o perform_v the_o duty_n of_o his_o worship_n and_o service_n in_o the_o 1._o chron._n 13.1_o 2_o etc._n etc._n it_o be_v say_v that_o first_o david_n call_v together_o all_o the_o captain_n and_o elder_n and_o head_n of_o the_o people_n and_o impart_v to_o they_o what_o he_o think_v and_o then_o consult_v with_o they_o whether_o it_o will_v not_o be_v best_a to_o gather_v together_o all_o the_o choose_a man_n of_o israel_n that_o they_o may_v in_o a_o solemn_a manner_n fetch_v up_o the_o ark_n of_o god_n unto_o jerusalem_n and_o that_o when_o they_o have_v approve_v of_o this_o his_o purpose_n than_o he_o gather_v together_o this_o great_a assembly_n of_o the_o people_n even_o thirty_o thousand_o as_o be_v here_o relate_v and_o indeed_o the_o reason_n why_o the_o relation_n of_o the_o fetch_n up_o the_o ark_n be_v in_o that_o first_o book_n of_o chronicle_n set_v before_o the_o relation_n of_o the_o two_o victory_n which_o he_o obtain_v over_o the_o philistine_n whereas_o here_o the_o story_n of_o those_o two_o victory_n be_v set_v down_o first_o in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o the_o former_a chapter_n may_v well_o be_v this_o because_o that_o consultation_n with_o the_o captain_n and_o elder_n be_v before_o the_o invasion_n of_o the_o philistine_n but_o the_o assemble_v of_o the_o people_n to_o fetch_v up_o the_o ark_n be_v after_o it_o as_o here_o it_o be_v set_v down_o verse_n 2._o and_o david_n arise_v and_o go_v with_o all_o the_o people_n that_o be_v with_o he_o from_o baale_n of_o judah_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v be_v come_v with_o all_o those_o choose_a man_n of_o israel_n who_o he_o have_v gather_v together_o to_o baale_v of_o judah_n that_o be_v to_o kirjath-jearim_a 1._o chron._n 13.6_o which_o be_v also_o call_v kirjath-baal_a josh_n 15.9_o and_o baalah_n or_o baaleh_n of_o judah_n where_o the_o ark_n have_v be_v so_o long_o a_o time_n save_v only_o when_o it_o be_v upon_o extraordinary_a occasion_n bring_v into_o the_o camp_n as_o there_o 1._o sam._n 14.18_o david_n arise_v and_o go_v thence_o to_o carry_v the_o ark_n unto_o jerusalem_n verse_n 3._o and_o they_o set_v the_o ark_n of_o god_n upon_o a_o new_a cart_n and_o bring_v it_o out_o of_o the_o house_n of_o abinadab_n that_o be_v in_o gibeah_n that_o be_v a_o hill_n or_o high_a place_n so_o call_v in_o kirjath-jearim_a of_o which_o see_v the_o note_n 1._o sam._n 7.1_o doubtless_o because_o it_o be_v a_o long_a way_n to_o carry_v the_o ark_n from_o kirjath-jearim_a to_o jerusalem_n therefore_o they_o put_v it_o in_o a_o cart_n encourage_v thereto_o by_o the_o example_n of_o the_o philistine_n and_o thence_o it_o be_v that_o they_o put_v it_o into_o a_o new_a cart_n as_o they_o also_o do_v 1._o sam._n 6.7_o 8._o now_o therefore_o make_v a_o new_a cart_n and_o take_v two_o milch_n kine_n and_o take_v the_o ark_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o lay_v it_o upon_o the_o cart_n etc._n etc._n but_o herein_o they_o manifest_o transgress_v the_o law_n of_o god_n which_o express_o appoint_v that_o the_o levite_n shall_v carry_v it_o upon_o their_o shoulder_n num._n 4.15_o and_o 7.9_o and_o so_o this_o be_v the_o first_o occasion_n of_o god_n displeasure_n and_o of_o that_o dismal_a accident_n that_o follow_v in_o the_o death_n of_o uzzah_n vers_fw-la 6._o for_o so_o much_o david_n himself_o acknowledge_v when_o he_o come_v up_o the_o second_o time_n with_o the_o israelite_n to_o fetch_v away_o the_o ark_n 1._o chron._n 15.12_o 13._o sanctify_v yourselves_o say_v he_o to_o the_o levite_n both_o you_o and_o your_o brethren_n that_o you_o may_v bring_v up_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n unto_o the_o place_n that_o i_o have_v prepare_v for_o it_o for_o because_o you_o do_v it_o not_o at_o first_o the_o lord_n our_o god_n make_v a_o breach_n upon_o we_o for_o that_o we_o seek_v he_o not_o after_o the_o due_a order_n it_o be_v indeed_o very_o strange_a that_o when_o
the_o prince_n of_o the_o tribe_n it_o may_v be_v expect_v that_o in_o the_o next_o place_n shall_v be_v set_v down_o the_o number_n of_o each_o tribe_n that_o be_v under_o these_o prince_n especial_o because_o the_o people_n have_v be_v so_o late_o number_v by_o david_n in_o answer_v whereto_o therefore_o this_o clause_n be_v insert_v and_o two_o thing_n concern_v this_o be_v affirm_v first_o that_o david_n give_v order_n to_o number_v only_o those_o of_o twenty_o year_n old_a and_o upward_o and_o that_o because_o the_o lord_n have_v say_v he_o will_v increase_v israel_n like_a to_o the_o star_n of_o the_o heaven_n and_o so_o david_n will_v not_o attempt_v to_o have_v they_o so_o number_v to_o wit_n because_o he_o will_v not_o seem_v to_o question_v the_o truth_n of_o that_o promise_n and_o withal_o because_o he_o do_v indeed_o think_v it_o will_v be_v a_o endless_a and_o tedious_a work_n and_o second_o vers_fw-la 24._o joab_n the_o son_n of_o zeruiah_n begin_v to_o number_n but_o finish_v not_o because_o there_o fell_a wrath_n for_o it_o against_o israel_n to_o wit_n because_o the_o plague_n be_v begin_v he_o see_v the_o work_n be_v displease_v to_o god_n and_o so_o give_v it_o over_o chap._n 21.6_o but_o levi_n and_o benjamin_n count_v he_o not_o for_o the_o king_n word_n be_v abominable_a to_o joab_n verse_n 24._o neither_o be_v the_o number_n put_v in_o the_o account_n of_o the_o chronicle_n of_o king_n david_n to_o wit_n both_o because_o the_o work_n be_v not_o finish_v and_o because_o their_o proceed_n so_o far_o in_o it_o have_v bring_v so_o great_a wrath_n upon_o israel_n verse_n 32._o and_o jehiel_n the_o son_n of_o hachmoni_n be_v with_o the_o king_n son_n that_o be_v their_o tutor_n one_o that_o be_v to_o see_v that_o they_o be_v in_o all_o thing_n train_v up_o and_o instruct_v as_o beseem_v the_o prince_n of_o israel_n verse_n 33._o and_o hushai_n the_o archite_a be_v the_o king_n companion_n that_o be_v his_o chief_a favourite_n in_o who_o company_n he_o most_o delight_v verse_n 34._o and_o after_o ahithophel_n be_v jehoiada_n the_o son_n of_o benaiah_n and_o abiathar_n that_o be_v after_o ahithophels_n death_n jehoiada_n and_o abiathar_n be_v his_o chief_a counselor_n chap._n xxviii_o verse_n 1._o and_o david_n assemble_v all_o the_o prince_n of_o israel_n here_o be_v repeat_v what_o be_v say_v before_o chap._n 23.2_o for_o both_o that_o and_o this_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o same_o assemble_v of_o the_o prince_n verse_n 2._o then_o david_n the_o king_n stand_v up_o upon_o his_o foot_n and_o say_v etc._n etc._n this_o phrase_n here_o use_v for_o david_n stand_v up_o upon_o his_o foot_n may_v seem_v to_o imply_v that_o though_o he_o be_v now_o in_o the_o general_a assembly_n of_o the_o prince_n and_o people_n yet_o even_o now_o he_o begin_v to_o be_v so_o far_o enfeeble_v with_o age_n that_o he_o use_v to_o lie_v along_o upon_o a_o bed_n or_o couch_v only_o be_v now_o to_o be_v speaker_n in_o the_o assembly_n to_o make_v know_v the_o will_n of_o god_n concern_v solomon_n his_o son_n he_o strengthen_v himself_o be_v happy_o assist_v therein_o by_o his_o noble_n or_o servant_n to_o stand_v up_o upon_o his_o foot_n and_o indeed_o within_o a_o while_n after_o this_o we_o see_v he_o lay_v bedrid_a in_o great_a extremity_n of_o weakness_n 1._o king_n 1.1_o i_o have_v in_o my_o heart_n to_o build_v a_o house_n of_o rest_n for_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o covenant_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o for_o the_o footstool_n of_o our_o god_n that_o be_v the_o ark_n or_o the_o propitiatory_a or_o mercy-seat_n wherewith_o the_o ark_n be_v cover_v for_o elsewhere_o also_o we_o find_v the_o ark_n term_v god_n footstool_n as_o psal_n 99.5_o exalt_v you_o the_o lord_n our_o god_n and_o worship_n at_o his_o footstool_n and_o psal_n 132.7_o we_o will_v go_v into_o his_o tabernacle_n we_o will_v worship_v at_o his_o footstool_n and_o the_o reason_n why_o the_o ark_n be_v so_o call_v may_v be_v first_o because_o the_o lord_n be_v represent_v as_o sit_v between_o the_o wing_n of_o the_o cherubim_v as_o in_o a_o throne_n the_o body_n of_o the_o ark_n be_v in_o that_o respect_n in_o stead_n of_o a_o footstool_n to_o he_o and_o second_o to_o intimate_v how_o they_o ought_v to_o judge_v of_o god_n presence_n there_o in_o a_o spiritual_a manner_n that_o the_o people_n may_v not_o entertain_v any_o carnal_a and_o earthly_a conceit_n of_o god_n presence_n there_o not_o consonant_n to_o the_o infinite_a glory_n and_o majesty_n of_o god_n the_o ark_n be_v call_v god_n footstool_n so_o to_o raise_v their_o thought_n of_o god_n above_o the_o world_n and_o to_o teach_v they_o so_o to_o conceive_v of_o god_n presence_n in_o the_o ark_n as_o withal_o to_o acknowledge_v that_o he_o dwell_v on_o high_a and_o fill_v heaven_n and_o earth_n with_o his_o glory_n yea_o that_o the_o heaven_n and_o heaven_n of_o heaven_n can_v contain_v he_o 1._o king_n 8.27_o verse_n 4._o howbeit_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n choose_v i_o before_o all_o the_o house_n of_o my_o father_n to_o be_v king_n over_o israel_n for_o ever_o to_o wit_n in_o my_o posterity_n and_o this_o be_v accomplish_v in_o christ_n see_v luke_n 1.32_o 33._o verse_n 14._o he_o give_v of_o gold_n by_o weight_n for_o thing_n of_o gold_n for_o all_o instrument_n of_o all_o manner_n of_o service_n silver_z also_o for_o all_o instrument_n of_o silver_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n the_o golden_a vessel_n for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o holy_a place_n the_o silver_z vessel_n for_o the_o priest_n court_n verse_n 15._o even_o the_o weight_n for_o the_o candlestick_n of_o gold_n for_o the_o holy_a place_n be_v these_o candlestick_n make_v for_o though_o there_o be_v but_o one_o candlestick_n in_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o moses_n yet_o in_o the_o temple_n there_o be_v ten_o candlestick_n of_o pure_a gold_n for_o the_o holy_a place_n 1._o king_n 7.49_o as_o for_o the_o candlestick_n of_o silver_n here_o also_o mention_v they_o be_v doubtless_o for_o the_o porch_n of_o the_o court_n and_o happy_o also_o for_o the_o chamber_n that_o be_v about_o the_o court_n verse_n 16._o and_o by_o weight_n he_o give_v gold_n for_o the_o table_n of_o shewbread_n etc._n etc._n for_o in_o the_o temple_n there_o be_v several_a table_n of_o shewbread_n 2._o chron._n 4.19_o as_o for_o the_o silver_n table_n here_o mention_v also_o they_o be_v for_o the_o chamber_n of_o the_o priest_n and_o other_o place_n of_o the_o temple_n verse_n 18._o and_o gold_n for_o the_o pattern_n of_o the_o chariot_n of_o the_o cherubim_n etc._n etc._n this_o must_v needs_o be_v mean_v not_o of_o the_o two_o cherubim_n that_o be_v upon_o the_o mercy-seat_n one_o at_o each_o end_n for_o they_o be_v make_v in_o moses_n time_n and_o now_o carry_v by_o solomon_n into_o the_o temple_n but_o of_o those_o two_o great_a cherubim_n make_v by_o solomon_n appointment_n of_o olive_n wood_n and_o cover_v over_o with_o plate_n of_o gold_n and_o that_o to_o stand_v before_o the_o ark_n to_o hide_v and_o cover_v it_o even_o from_o the_o eye_n of_o the_o high_a priest_n when_o he_o come_v into_o the_o most_o holy_a place_n 1._o king_n 6.23_o and_o it_o be_v call_v the_o chariot_n of_o the_o cherubim_n not_o only_o because_o it_o be_v the_o representation_n of_o god_n presence_n there_o attend_v with_o his_o holy_a angel_n who_o be_v call_v the_o lord_n chariot_n psal_n 68.17_o the_o chariot_n of_o god_n be_v twenty_o thousand_o even_o thousand_o of_o angel_n but_o also_o happy_o because_o there_o be_v in_o these_o cherubim_v thus_o stand_v before_o the_o ark_n some_o resemblance_n of_o the_o chariot_n use_v in_o those_o time_n yea_o and_o some_o add_v that_o hereby_o be_v signify_v also_o that_o god_n presence_n in_o the_o ark_n be_v not_o so_o fix_v among_o they_o but_o that_o he_o will_v leave_v they_o if_o his_o people_n shall_v too_o far_o provoke_v he_o by_o their_o sin_n chap._n xxix_o verse_n 1._o solomon_n my_o son_n who_o alone_o god_n have_v choose_v be_v yet_o young_a and_o tender_a etc._n etc._n see_v 1_o king_n 3.7_o verse_n 4._o three_o thousand_o talent_n of_o gold_n of_o the_o gold_n of_o ophir_n and_o seven_o thousand_o talent_n of_o refine_a silver_n to_o overlie_v the_o wall_n of_o the_o house_n withal_o to_o wit_v the_o gold_n to_o overlie_v the_o wall_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o the_o silver_n to_o overlie_v the_o wall_n of_o the_o other_o house_n and_o building_n adjoin_v to_o the_o temple_n and_o as_o ordinary_o we_o account_v the_o value_n of_o the_o talent_n there_o be_v prepare_v by_o david_n of_o gold_n eleven_o million_o two_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o thousand_o pound_n sterling_a and_o of_o silver_n two_o million_o six_o hundred_o twenty_o five_o thousand_o pound_n sterling_a and_o according_o we_o